Search Results

Search found 14127 results on 566 pages for 'plz send me teh codez'.

Page 565/566 | < Previous Page | 561 562 563 564 565 566  | Next Page >

  • Any way to turn off quips in OOWeb?

    - by Misha Koshelev
    http://ooweb.sourceforge.net/tutorial.html Not really a question, but I can't seem to stop writing stuff like this. Maybe someone will find it useful. I know rewriting an HTTP server is not the way to turn off the quips ;) /* Copyright 2010 Misha Koshelev. All Rights Reserved. */ package com.mksoft.common; import java.io.BufferedReader; import java.io.InputStreamReader; import java.io.IOException; import java.io.PrintWriter; import java.io.UnsupportedEncodingException; import java.net.URLDecoder; import java.text.SimpleDateFormat; import java.util.Date; import java.util.LinkedHashMap; import java.net.ServerSocket; import java.net.Socket; /** * Simple HTTP Server. * * @author Misha Koshelev */ public class HttpServer extends Thread { /* * Constants */ /** * 404 Not Found Result */ protected final static String result404NotFound="<html><head><title>404 Not Found</title></head><body bgcolor='#ffffff'><h1>404 Not Found</h1></body></html>"; /* * Variables */ /** * Port on which HTTP server handles requests. */ protected int port; public int getPort() { return port; } public void setPort(int _port) { port=_port; } /* * Constructors */ public HttpServer(int _port) { setPort(_port); } /* * Helpers */ /** * Errors */ protected void error(String message) { System.err.println(message); System.err.flush(); } /** * Debugging */ protected boolean debugOutput=true; protected void debug(String message) { if (debugOutput) { error(message); } } /** * Lock object */ private Object lock=new Object(); /** * Should we quit? */ protected boolean doQuit=false; /** * Are we done? */ protected boolean areWeDone=false; /** * Process POST request headers */ protected String processPostRequest(String url,LinkedHashMap<String,String> headers,String inputLine) { debug("HttpServer.processPostRequest: url=\""+url); if (debugOutput) { for (String key: headers.keySet()) { debug("HttpServer.processPostRequest: headers."+key+"=\""+headers.get(key)+"\""); } } debug("HttpServer.processPostRequest: inputLine=\""+inputLine+"\""); try { inputLine=new URLDecoder().decode(inputLine,"UTF-8"); } catch (UnsupportedEncodingException uee) { uee.printStackTrace(); } String[] keyValues=inputLine.split("&"); LinkedHashMap<String,String> post=new LinkedHashMap<String,String>(); for (int i=0;i<keyValues.length;i++) { String keyValue=keyValues[i]; int equals=keyValue.indexOf('='); String key=keyValue.substring(0,equals); String value=keyValue.substring(equals+1); post.put(key,value); } return post(url,headers,post); } /** * Server loop (here for exception handling purposes) */ protected void serverLoop() throws IOException { /* Start server socket */ ServerSocket serverSocket=null; try { serverSocket=new ServerSocket(getPort()); } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); System.exit(1); } Socket clientSocket=null; while (true) { /* Quit if necessary */ if (doQuit) { break; } /* Accept incoming connections */ try { clientSocket=serverSocket.accept(); } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); System.exit(1); } /* Read request */ BufferedReader in=null; String inputLine=null; String firstLine=null; String blankLine=null; LinkedHashMap<String,String> headers=new LinkedHashMap<String,String>(); try { in=new BufferedReader(new InputStreamReader(clientSocket.getInputStream())); while (true) { if (blankLine==null) { inputLine=in.readLine(); } else { /* POST request, read Content-length bytes */ int contentLength=new Integer(headers.get("Content-Length")).intValue(); StringBuilder sb=new StringBuilder(contentLength); for (int i=0;i<contentLength;i++) { sb.append((char)in.read()); } inputLine=sb.toString(); break; } if (firstLine==null) { firstLine=inputLine; } else if (blankLine==null) { if (inputLine.equals("")) { if (firstLine.startsWith("GET ")) { break; } blankLine=inputLine; } else { int colon=inputLine.indexOf(": "); String key=inputLine.substring(0,colon); String value=inputLine.substring(colon+2); headers.put(key,value); } } } } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); } /* Process request */ String result=null; firstLine=firstLine.replaceAll(" HTTP/.*",""); if (firstLine.startsWith("GET ")) { result=get(firstLine.replaceFirst("GET ",""),headers); } else if (firstLine.startsWith("POST ")) { result=processPostRequest(firstLine.replaceFirst("POST ",""),headers,inputLine); } else { error("HttpServer.ServerLoop: Unhandled request \""+firstLine+"\""); } debug("HttpServer.ServerLoop: result=\""+result+"\""); /* Send response */ PrintWriter out=null; try { out=new PrintWriter(clientSocket.getOutputStream(),true); } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); } if (result!=null) { out.println("HTTP/1.1 200 OK"); } else { out.println("HTTP/1.0 404 Not Found"); result=result404NotFound; } Date now=new Date(); out.println("Date: "+new SimpleDateFormat("EEE, d MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss z").format(now)); out.println("Content-Type: text/html; charset=UTF-8"); out.println("Content-Length: "+result.length()); out.println(""); out.print(result); /* Clean up */ out.close(); if (in!=null) { in.close(); } clientSocket.close(); } serverSocket.close(); areWeDone=true; synchronized(lock) { lock.notifyAll(); } } /* * Methods */ /** * Run server on port specified in constructor. */ public void run() { try { serverLoop(); } catch (IOException ioe) { ioe.printStackTrace(); System.exit(1); } } /** * Process GET request (should be overwritten). */ public String get(String url,LinkedHashMap<String,String> headers) { debug("HttpServer.get: url=\""+url+"\""); if (debugOutput) { for (String key: headers.keySet()) { debug("HttpServer.get: headers."+key+"=\""+headers.get(key)+"\""); } } if (url.equals("/")) { return "<html><head><title>HttpServer GET Test Page</title></head>\r\n"+ "<body bgcolor='#ffffff'>\r\n"+ "<center><h1>HttpServer GET Test Page</h1></center>\r\n"+ "<hr />\r\n"+ "<center><table>\r\n"+ "<form method='post' action='/'>\r\n"+ "<tr><td align=right>Test 1:</td>\r\n"+ " <td><input type='text' name='text 1' value='test me !!! !@#$'></td></tr>\r\n"+ "<tr><td align=right>Test 2:</td>\r\n"+ " <td><input type='text' name='text 2' value='type smthng'></td></tr>\r\n"+ "<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>\r\n"+ " <td align=right><input type='submit' value='Submit'></td></tr>\r\n"+ "</form>\r\n"+ "</table></center>\r\n"+ "<hr />\r\n"+ "<center><a href='/quit'>Shutdown Server</a></center>\r\n"+ "</html>"; } else if (url.equals("/quit")) { quit(); return ""; } else { return null; } } /** * Process POST request (should be overwritten). */ public String post(String url,LinkedHashMap<String,String> headers,LinkedHashMap<String,String> post) { debug("HttpServer.post: url=\""+url+"\""); if (debugOutput) { for (String key: headers.keySet()) { debug("HttpServer.post: headers."+key+"=\""+headers.get(key)+"\""); } } if (url.equals("/")) { String result="<html><head><title>HttpServer Post Test Page</title></head>\r\n"+ "<body bgcolor='#ffffff'>\r\n"+ "<center><h1>HttpServer Post Test Page</h1></center>\r\n"+ "<hr />\r\n"+ "<center><table>\r\n"+ "<tr><th>Key</th><th>Value</th></tr>\r\n"; for (String key: post.keySet()) { result+="<tr><td align=right>"+key+"</td><td align=left>"+post.get(key)+"</td></tr>\r\n"; } result+="</table></center>\r\n"+ "</html>"; return result; } else { return null; } } /** * Wait for server to quit. */ public void waitForCompletion() { while (areWeDone==false) { synchronized(lock) { try { lock.wait(); } catch (InterruptedException ie) { } } } } /** * Shutdown server. */ public void quit() { doQuit=true; } }

    Read the article

  • PHP self form validation

    - by Jordan Pagaduan
    <?php function VerifyForm(&$values, &$errors) { if (strlen($values['fname']) == 0) $errors['fname'] = 'Enter First Name'; if (strlen($values['lname']) == 0) $errors['lname'] = 'Enter Last Name'; if (strlen($values['mname']) == 0) $errors['mname'] = 'Enter Middle Name'; if (strlen($values['address']) == 0) $errors['address'] = 'Enter Address'; if (strlen($values['terms']) == 0) $errors['terms'] = 'Please Read Terms and Agreement and Check the box.'; if (!ereg('.*@.*\..{2,4}', $values['email'])) $errors['email'] = 'Email address invalid'; else if (strlen($values['email']) < 0) $errors['email'] = 'Enter Email Address'; return (count($errors) == 0); } function DisplayForm($values, $errors) { ?> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <title>GIA Soap » Products » Customer Informations</title> <link href="stylesheet/style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <script type="text/javascript" src="js_files/jquery.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="js_files/sliding_effect.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="js_files/slideshow.js"></script> </head> <body> <div class="bg_top"> <div class="bg_bottom"> <div class="wrapper"> <div class="header"> <div class="logo"> </div> <div class="logo_text"> <div class="logo_head_text">Gia Soap Making</div> <div class="logo_sub_text">Sub text here</div> </div> </div> <div class="h_nav"> <div class="h_nav_dash"> </div> </div> <div class="container"> <div class="content_term"> <div class="content_terms"> <br /> <h1><p>Customer Information</p></h1><br /> <p>Please the following correctly.</p> <div class="customer_info"> <?php if (count($errors) > 0) echo "<p>There were some errors in your submitted form, please correct them and try again.</p>"; ?> <form method="post" action="<?= $_SERVER['PHP_SELF'] ?>"> <!-- hidden values --> <input type="hidden" value="<?php echo $papaya; ?>" name="papaya" /> <input type="hidden" value="<?php echo $carrot; ?>" name="carrot" /> <input type="hidden" value="<?php echo $guava; ?>" name="guava" /> <label for="customer_fname">First Name (<i>Required</i>)</label> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_fname" name="customer_fname" value="<?= htmlentities($values['fname']) ?>" /> <span class="error_msg"><?= $errors['fname'] ?></span> <label for="customer_lname">Last Name (<i>Required</i>)</label> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_fname" name="customer_fname" value="<?= htmlentities($values['lname']) ?>" /> <span class="error_msg"><?= $errors['lname'] ?></span> <label for="customer_mname">Middle Name (<i>Required</i>)</label> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_fname" name="customer_fname" value="<?= htmlentities($values['mname']) ?>" /> <span class="error_msg"><?= $errors['mname'] ?></span> <label for="customer_add">Address (<i>Required : Complete Address Please</i>)</label> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_add" name="customer_add1" value="<?= htmlentities($values['address']) ?>" /><br /> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_add" name="customer_add2" /><br /> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_add" name="customer_add3" /> <span class="error_msg"><?= $errors['address'] ?></span> <label for="customer_email">Email Address (<i>Required</i>)</label> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_email" name="customer_email" value="<?= htmlentities($values['email']) ?>" /> <span class="error_msg"><?= $errors['email'] ?></span> <label for="customer_phone">Phone Number </label> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_phone" name="customer_phone" /> <label for="customer_mobile">Mobile Number </label> <input type="text" class="textbox" id="customer_mobile" name="customer_mobile" /> <br /><br /> <div class="terms"> <center> <h1>Terms and Agreement</h1><br /> <p>Please read the following.</p><br /> </div> <br /> <input type="checkbox" name="terms" value="<?= htmlentities($values['terms']) ?>" /> I Read the Terms and Agreement<br /><br /> <span class="error_msg"><?= $errors['terms'] ?></span> <input type="submit" value="Send Order" class="prod_subbtn" /> </center> </form> </div> </div> </div> <div class="clear"></div> </div> <?php include ('includes/footer.php'); ?> </div> </div> </div> </body> </html> <?php } function ProcessForm($values) { $papaya = $_POST['papaya']; $carrot = $_POST['carrot']; $guava = $_POST['guava']; $fname = $_POST['fname']; $lname = $_POST['lname']; $mname = $_POST['mname']; $address = $_POST['address']; } if ($_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] == 'POST') { $formValues = $_POST; $formErrors = array(); if (!VerifyForm($formValues, $formErrors)) DisplayForm($formValues, $formErrors); else ProcessForm($formValues); } else DisplayForm(null, null); ?> The output is: [link text]1 Problem the value that I put is can be seen by users.

    Read the article

  • android upload progressbarr not working

    - by pieter
    I'm a beginner in Android programming and I was tryinh to upload an image to a server. I found some code here on stackoverflow, I adjusted it and it still doesn't work. The problem is my image still won't upload. edit I solved the problem, I had no rights on the folder on the server. Now I have a new problem. the progresbarr doesn't work. it keeps saying 0 % transmitted does anyone sees an error in my code? import android.app.Activity; import android.app.AlertDialog; import android.app.Dialog; import android.app.ProgressDialog; import android.content.Context; import android.content.DialogInterface; import android.graphics.Bitmap; import android.graphics.BitmapFactory; import android.location.Location; import android.location.LocationListener; import android.location.LocationManager; import android.os.AsyncTask; import android.os.Bundle; import android.util.Log; import android.view.View; import android.view.Window; import android.widget.Button; import android.widget.ImageView; import java.io.DataInputStream; import java.io.DataOutputStream; import java.io.File; import java.io.FileInputStream; import java.io.IOException; import java.net.HttpURLConnection; import java.net.URL; public class PreviewActivity extends Activity { /** The captured image file. Get it's path from the starting intent */ private File mImage; public static final String EXTRA_IMAGE_PATH = "extraImagePath" /** Log tag */ private static final String TAG = "DFH"; /** Progress dialog id */ private static final int UPLOAD_PROGRESS_DIALOG = 0; private static final int UPLOAD_ERROR_DIALOG = 1; private static final int UPLOAD_SUCCESS_DIALOG = 2; /** Handler to confirm button */ private Button mConfirm; /** Handler to cancel button */ private Button mCancel; /** Uploading progress dialog */ private ProgressDialog mDialog; /** * Called when the activity is created * * We load the captured image, and register button callbacks */ @Override protected void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); requestWindowFeature(Window.FEATURE_INDETERMINATE_PROGRESS); setContentView(R.layout.preview); setResult(RESULT_CANCELED); // Import image Bundle extras = getIntent().getExtras(); String imagePath = extras.getString(FotoActivity.EXTRA_IMAGE_PATH); Log.d("DFHprev", imagePath); mImage = new File(imagePath); if (mImage.exists()) { setResult(RESULT_OK); loadImage(mImage); } registerButtonCallbacks(); } @Override protected void onPause() { super.onPause(); } /** * Register callbacks for ui buttons */ protected void registerButtonCallbacks() { // Cancel button callback mCancel = (Button) findViewById(R.id.preview_send_cancel); mCancel.setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(View v) { PreviewActivity.this.finish(); } }); // Confirm button callback mConfirm = (Button) findViewById(R.id.preview_send_confirm); mConfirm.setEnabled(true); mConfirm.setOnClickListener(new View.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(View v) { new UploadImageTask().execute(mImage); } }); } /** * Initialize the dialogs */ @Override protected Dialog onCreateDialog(int id) { switch(id) { case UPLOAD_PROGRESS_DIALOG: mDialog = new ProgressDialog(this); mDialog.setProgressStyle(ProgressDialog.STYLE_HORIZONTAL); mDialog.setCancelable(false); mDialog.setTitle(getString(R.string.progress_dialog_title_connecting)); return mDialog; case UPLOAD_ERROR_DIALOG: AlertDialog.Builder builder = new AlertDialog.Builder(this); builder.setTitle(R.string.upload_error_title) .setIcon(android.R.drawable.ic_dialog_alert) .setMessage(R.string.upload_error_message) .setCancelable(false) .setPositiveButton(getString(R.string.retry), new DialogInterface.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(DialogInterface dialog, int which) { PreviewActivity.this.finish(); } }); return builder.create(); case UPLOAD_SUCCESS_DIALOG: AlertDialog.Builder success = new AlertDialog.Builder(this); success.setTitle(R.string.upload_success_title) .setIcon(android.R.drawable.ic_dialog_info) .setMessage(R.string.upload_success_message) .setCancelable(false) .setPositiveButton(getString(R.string.success), new DialogInterface.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(DialogInterface dialog, int which) { PreviewActivity.this.finish(); } }); return success.create(); default: return null; } } /** * Prepare the progress dialog */ @Override protected void onPrepareDialog(int id, Dialog dialog) { switch(id) { case UPLOAD_PROGRESS_DIALOG: mDialog.setProgress(0); mDialog.setTitle(getString(R.string.progress_dialog_title_connecting)); } } /** * Load the image file into the imageView * * @param image */ protected void loadImage(File image) { Bitmap bm = BitmapFactory.decodeFile(image.getPath()); ImageView view = (ImageView) findViewById(R.id.preview_image); view.setImageBitmap(bm); } /** * Asynchronous task to upload file to server */ class UploadImageTask extends AsyncTask<File, Integer, Boolean> { /** Upload file to this url */ private static final String UPLOAD_URL = "http://www.xxxx.x/xxxx/fotos"; /** Send the file with this form name */ private static final String FIELD_FILE = "file"; /** * Prepare activity before upload */ @Override protected void onPreExecute() { super.onPreExecute(); setProgressBarIndeterminateVisibility(true); mConfirm.setEnabled(false); mCancel.setEnabled(false); showDialog(UPLOAD_PROGRESS_DIALOG); } /** * Clean app state after upload is completed */ @Override protected void onPostExecute(Boolean result) { super.onPostExecute(result); setProgressBarIndeterminateVisibility(false); mConfirm.setEnabled(true); mDialog.dismiss(); if (result) { showDialog(UPLOAD_SUCCESS_DIALOG); } else { showDialog(UPLOAD_ERROR_DIALOG); } } @Override protected Boolean doInBackground(File... image) { return doFileUpload(image[0], "UPLOAD_URL"); } @Override protected void onProgressUpdate(Integer... values) { super.onProgressUpdate(values); if (values[0] == 0) { mDialog.setTitle(getString(R.string.progress_dialog_title_uploading)); } mDialog.setProgress(values[0]); } private boolean doFileUpload(File file, String uploadUrl) { HttpURLConnection connection = null; DataOutputStream outputStream = null; DataInputStream inputStream = null; String pathToOurFile = file.getPath(); String urlServer = "http://www.xxxx.x/xxxx/upload.php"; String lineEnd = "\r\n"; String twoHyphens = "--"; String boundary = "*****"; // log pathtoourfile Log.d("DFHinUpl", pathToOurFile); int bytesRead, bytesAvailable, bufferSize; byte[] buffer; int maxBufferSize = 1*1024*1024; int sentBytes = 0; long fileSize = file.length(); // log filesize String files= String.valueOf(fileSize); String buffers= String.valueOf(maxBufferSize); Log.d("fotosize",files); Log.d("buffers",buffers); try { FileInputStream fileInputStream = new FileInputStream(new File(pathToOurFile) ); URL url = new URL(urlServer); connection = (HttpURLConnection) url.openConnection(); // Allow Inputs & Outputs connection.setDoInput(true); connection.setDoOutput(true); connection.setUseCaches(false); // Enable POST method connection.setRequestMethod("POST"); connection.setRequestProperty("Connection", "Keep-Alive"); connection.setRequestProperty("Content-Type", "multipart/form-data;boundary="+boundary); outputStream = new DataOutputStream( connection.getOutputStream() ); outputStream.writeBytes(twoHyphens + boundary + lineEnd); outputStream.writeBytes("Content-Disposition: form-data; name=\"uploadedfile\";filename=\"" + pathToOurFile +"\"" + lineEnd); outputStream.writeBytes(lineEnd); bytesAvailable = fileInputStream.available(); bufferSize = Math.min(bytesAvailable, maxBufferSize); buffer = new byte[bufferSize]; // Read file bytesRead = fileInputStream.read(buffer, 0, bufferSize); while (bytesRead > 0) { outputStream.write(buffer, 0, bufferSize); bytesAvailable = fileInputStream.available(); bufferSize = Math.min(bytesAvailable, maxBufferSize); bytesRead = fileInputStream.read(buffer, 0, bufferSize); sentBytes += bufferSize; publishProgress((int)(sentBytes * 100 / fileSize)); bytesAvailable = fileInputStream.available(); bufferSize = Math.min(bytesAvailable, maxBufferSize); bytesRead = fileInputStream.read(buffer, 0, bufferSize); } outputStream.writeBytes(lineEnd); outputStream.writeBytes(twoHyphens + boundary + twoHyphens + lineEnd); // Responses from the server (code and message) int serverResponseCode = connection.getResponseCode(); String serverResponseMessage = connection.getResponseMessage(); fileInputStream.close(); outputStream.flush(); outputStream.close(); try { int responseCode = connection.getResponseCode(); return responseCode == 200; } catch (IOException ioex) { Log.e("DFHUPLOAD", "Upload file failed: " + ioex.getMessage(), ioex); return false; } catch (Exception e) { Log.e("DFHUPLOAD", "Upload file failed: " + e.getMessage(), e); return false; } } catch (Exception ex) { String msg= ex.getMessage(); Log.d("DFHUPLOAD", msg); } return true; } } } the PHP code that handles this upload is following: <?php $date=getdate(); $urldate=$date['year'].$date['month'].$date['month'].$date['hours'].$date['minutes'].$date[ 'seconds']; $target_path = "./"; $target_path = $target_path . basename( $_FILES['uploadedfile']['name']) . $urldate; if(move_uploaded_file($_FILES['uploadedfile']['tmp_name'], $target_path)) { echo "The file ". basename( $_FILES['uploadedfile']['name']). " has been uploaded"; } else{ echo "There was an error uploading the file, please try again!"; } ?> would really appreciate it if someone could help me.

    Read the article

  • Getting problem in threading in JAVA

    - by chetans
    In this program i want to stop GenerateImage & MovingImage Thread both... And i want to start those threads from begining. Can u send me the solution? Here is the code........ package Game; import java.applet.Applet; import java.awt.Color; import java.awt.Dimension; import java.awt.Graphics; import java.awt.Image; import java.awt.MediaTracker; import java.awt.event.KeyEvent; import java.awt.event.KeyListener; import java.net.MalformedURLException; import java.net.URL; public class ThreadInApplet extends Applet implements KeyListener { private static final long serialVersionUID = 1L; Image[] asteroidImage; Image spaceshipImage; String levelstr="Easy Level"; int[] XPos,YPos; int number=0,XPosOfSpaceship,YPosOfSpaceship,NoOfObstacles=5,speed=1,level=1,spaceBtnPressdCntr=0; boolean gameStart=false,pauseGame=false,collideUp=false,collideDown=false,collideLeft=false,collideRight=false; private Image offScreenImage; private Dimension offScreenSize; private Graphics offScreenGraphics; Thread GenerateImages,MoveImages; public void init() { try { GenerateImages=new Thread () //thread to create obstacles { synchronized public void run () { for(int g=0;g<NoOfObstacles;g++) { try { sleep(1000); } catch (InterruptedException e) { e.printStackTrace(); } number++; // Temporary counter to count the no of obstacles created } } } ; MoveImages=new Thread () //thread to move obstacles { @SuppressWarnings("deprecation") synchronized public void run () { while(YPos[NoOfObstacles-1]!=600) { pauseGame=false; if(collide()==true) { GenerateImages.suspend(); repaint(); } else GenerateImages.resume(); for(int l=0;l<number;l++) { if(collide()==false) YPos[l]++; else GenerateImages.suspend(); } repaint(); try { sleep(speed); } catch (InterruptedException e) { e.printStackTrace(); } } if(YPos[NoOfObstacles-1]>=600) //level complete state { level++; try { levelUpdation(level); System.out.println("aahe"); } catch (MalformedURLException e) { e.printStackTrace(); } repaint(); } } }; initialPos(); spaceshipImage=getImage(new URL(getCodeBase(),"images/space.png")); for(int i=0;i<NoOfObstacles;i++) { asteroidImage[i]=getImage(new URL(getCodeBase(),"images/asteroid.png")); XPos[i]=(int) (Math.random()*700); YPos[i]=0; } MediaTracker tracker = new MediaTracker (this); for(int i=0;i<NoOfObstacles;i++) { tracker.addImage (asteroidImage[i], 0); } } catch (MalformedURLException e) { e.printStackTrace(); } setBackground(Color.black); addKeyListener(this); } //Sets initial positions of spaceship & obstacle images------------------------------------------------------ public void initialPos() throws MalformedURLException { asteroidImage=new Image[NoOfObstacles]; XPos=new int[NoOfObstacles]; YPos=new int[NoOfObstacles]; XPosOfSpaceship=getWidth()/2-35; YPosOfSpaceship=getHeight()-100; collideUp = false; collideDown=false; collideLeft=false; collideRight=false; } //level finished updations------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @SuppressWarnings("deprecation") public void levelUpdation(int level) throws MalformedURLException { NoOfObstacles=NoOfObstacles+20; speed=speed-3; System.out.println(NoOfObstacles+" "+speed); pauseGame=true; initialPos(); repaint(); } //paint method of graphics to print the messages--------------------------------------------------------- public void paint(Graphics g) { g.setColor(Color.white); if(gameStart==false) { g.drawString("SPACE to start", (getWidth()/2)-15, getHeight()/2); g.drawString(levelstr, (getWidth()/2), getHeight()/2+20); } if(level>1) { if(level==2) levelstr="Medium Level"; else levelstr="High Level"; g.drawString("Level Complete ", (getWidth()/2)-15, getHeight()/2); g.drawString(levelstr, (getWidth()/2), getHeight()/2+20); //g.drawString("SPACE to start", (getWidth()/2)-15, getHeight()/2+40); } for(int n=0;n<number;n++) { if(n>0) g.drawImage(asteroidImage[n],XPos[n],YPos[n],this); } g.drawImage(spaceshipImage,XPosOfSpaceship,YPosOfSpaceship,this); } //update method of graphics to print the messages--------------------------------------------------------- @SuppressWarnings("deprecation") public void update(Graphics g) { Dimension d = size(); if((offScreenImage == null) || (d.width != offScreenSize.width) || (d.height != offScreenSize.height)) { offScreenImage = createImage(d.width, d.height); offScreenSize = d; offScreenGraphics = offScreenImage.getGraphics(); } offScreenGraphics.clearRect(0, 0, d.width, d.height); paint(offScreenGraphics); g.drawImage(offScreenImage, 0, 0, null); } public void keyReleased(KeyEvent arg0){} public void keyTyped(KeyEvent arg0) {} //---------------------Key pressed event to start game & to move the spaceship-------------------------------------- public void keyPressed(KeyEvent e) { if(e.getKeyCode()==32) { spaceBtnPressdCntr++; if(spaceBtnPressdCntr==1) { gameStart=true; GenerateImages.start(); MoveImages.start(); } } if(gameStart==true) { if(e.getKeyCode()==37) { new Thread () { @SuppressWarnings("deprecation") synchronized public void run () { for(int cnt1=1;cnt1<=10;cnt1++) { if(collide()==true && collideLeft == true) { GenerateImages.suspend(); } else { if(XPosOfSpaceship>0) XPosOfSpaceship--; } } repaint(); } }.start(); } if(e.getKeyCode()==38) { new Thread () { @SuppressWarnings("deprecation") synchronized public void run () { for(int cnt1=1;cnt1<=10;cnt1++) { if(collide()==true && collideUp == true) { GenerateImages.suspend(); } else { if(YPosOfSpaceship>10) YPosOfSpaceship--; } } repaint(); } }.start(); } if(e.getKeyCode()==39) { new Thread () { @SuppressWarnings("deprecation") synchronized public void run () { for(int cnt1=1;cnt1<=10;cnt1++) { if(collide()==true && collideRight == true) { GenerateImages.suspend(); } else { if(XPosOfSpaceship<750) XPosOfSpaceship++; } } repaint(); } }.start(); } if(e.getKeyCode()==40) { new Thread () { @SuppressWarnings("deprecation") synchronized public void run () { for(int cnt1=1;cnt1<=10;cnt1++) { if(collide()==true && collideDown == true) { GenerateImages.suspend(); } else { if(YPosOfSpaceship<550) YPosOfSpaceship++; } } repaint(); } }.start(); } } } //------------------------------Collision checking between Spaceship & obstacles------------------------------ public boolean collide() { int x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,x4,y4; //coordinates of obstacles int a1,b1,a2,b2,a3,b3,a4,b4; //coordinates of spaceship a1 =XPosOfSpaceship; b1=YPosOfSpaceship; a2=a1+spaceshipImage.getWidth(this); b2=b1; a3=a1; b3=b1+spaceshipImage.getHeight(this); a4=a2; b4=b3; for(int a=0;a<number;a++) { x1 =XPos[a]; y1=YPos[a]; x2=x1+asteroidImage[a].getWidth(this); y2=y1; x3=x1; y3=y1+asteroidImage[a].getHeight(this); x4=x2; y4=y3; /********checking asteroid touch spaceship from up direction********/ if(y3==b1 && x4>=a1 && x4<=a2) { collideUp = true; collideDown=false; collideLeft=false; collideRight=false; return(true); } if(y3==b1 && x3>=a1 && x3<=a2) { collideUp = true; collideDown=false; collideLeft=false; collideRight=false; return(true); } /********checking asteroid touch spaceship from left direction******/ if(x2==a1 && y4>=b1 && y4<=b3) { collideLeft=true; collideUp = false; collideDown=false; collideRight=false; return(true); } if(x2==a1 && y2>=b1 && y2<=b3) { collideLeft=true; collideUp = false; collideDown=false; collideRight=false; return(true); } /********checking asteroid touch spaceship from right direction*****/ if(x1==a2 && y3>=b2 && y3<=b4) { collideRight=true; collideLeft=false; collideUp = false; collideDown=false; return(true); } if(x1==a2 && y1>=b2 && y1<=b4) { collideRight=true; collideLeft=false; collideUp = false; collideDown=false; return(true); } /********checking asteroid touch spaceship from down direction*****/ if(y1==b3 && x2>=a3 && x2<=a4) { collideDown=true; collideRight=false; collideLeft=false; collideUp = false; return(true); } if(y1==b3 && x1>=a3 && x1<=a4) { collideDown=true; collideRight=false; collideLeft=false; collideUp = false; return(true); } } return(false); } }

    Read the article

  • Access violation writing location, in my loop

    - by numerical25
    The exact error I am getting is First-chance exception at 0x0096234a in chp2.exe: 0xC0000005: Access violation writing location 0x002b0000. Windows has triggered a breakpoint in chp2.exe. And the breakpoint stops here for(DWORD i = 0; i < m; ++i) { //we are start at the top of z float z = halfDepth - i*dx; for(DWORD j = 0; j < n; ++j) { //to the left of us float x = -halfWidth + j*dx; float y = 0.0f; vertices[i*n+j].pos = D3DXVECTOR3(x, y, z); //<----- Right here vertices[i*n+j].color = D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); } } I am not sure what I am doing wrong. below is the code in its entirety #include "MyGame.h" //#include "CubeVector.h" /* This code sets a projection and shows a turning cube. What has been added is the project, rotation and a rasterizer to change the rasterization of the cube. The issue that was going on was something with the effect file which was causing the vertices not to be rendered correctly.*/ typedef struct { ID3D10Effect* pEffect; ID3D10EffectTechnique* pTechnique; //vertex information ID3D10Buffer* pVertexBuffer; ID3D10Buffer* pIndicesBuffer; ID3D10InputLayout* pVertexLayout; UINT numVertices; UINT numIndices; }ModelObject; ModelObject modelObject; // World Matrix D3DXMATRIX WorldMatrix; // View Matrix D3DXMATRIX ViewMatrix; // Projection Matrix D3DXMATRIX ProjectionMatrix; ID3D10EffectMatrixVariable* pProjectionMatrixVariable = NULL; //grid information #define NUM_COLS 16 #define NUM_ROWS 16 #define CELL_WIDTH 32 #define CELL_HEIGHT 32 #define NUM_VERTSX (NUM_COLS + 1) #define NUM_VERTSY (NUM_ROWS + 1) bool MyGame::InitDirect3D() { if(!DX3dApp::InitDirect3D()) { return false; } D3D10_RASTERIZER_DESC rastDesc; rastDesc.FillMode = D3D10_FILL_WIREFRAME; rastDesc.CullMode = D3D10_CULL_FRONT; rastDesc.FrontCounterClockwise = true; rastDesc.DepthBias = false; rastDesc.DepthBiasClamp = 0; rastDesc.SlopeScaledDepthBias = 0; rastDesc.DepthClipEnable = false; rastDesc.ScissorEnable = false; rastDesc.MultisampleEnable = false; rastDesc.AntialiasedLineEnable = false; ID3D10RasterizerState *g_pRasterizerState; mpD3DDevice->CreateRasterizerState(&rastDesc, &g_pRasterizerState); mpD3DDevice->RSSetState(g_pRasterizerState); // Set up the World Matrix //The first line of code creates your identity matrix. Second line of code //second combines your camera position, target location, and which way is up respectively D3DXMatrixIdentity(&WorldMatrix); D3DXMatrixLookAtLH(&ViewMatrix, new D3DXVECTOR3(200.0f, 60.0f, -20.0f), new D3DXVECTOR3(200.0f, 50.0f, 0.0f), new D3DXVECTOR3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f)); // Set up the projection matrix D3DXMatrixPerspectiveFovLH(&ProjectionMatrix, (float)D3DX_PI * 0.5f, (float)mWidth/(float)mHeight, 0.1f, 100.0f); if(!CreateObject()) { return false; } return true; } //These are actions that take place after the clearing of the buffer and before the present void MyGame::GameDraw() { static float rotationAngle = 0.0f; // create the rotation matrix using the rotation angle D3DXMatrixRotationY(&WorldMatrix, rotationAngle); rotationAngle += (float)D3DX_PI * 0.0f; // Set the input layout mpD3DDevice->IASetInputLayout(modelObject.pVertexLayout); // Set vertex buffer UINT stride = sizeof(VertexPos); UINT offset = 0; mpD3DDevice->IASetVertexBuffers(0, 1, &modelObject.pVertexBuffer, &stride, &offset); mpD3DDevice->IASetIndexBuffer(modelObject.pIndicesBuffer, DXGI_FORMAT_R32_UINT, 0); // Set primitive topology mpD3DDevice->IASetPrimitiveTopology(D3D10_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLELIST); // Combine and send the final matrix to the shader D3DXMATRIX finalMatrix = (WorldMatrix * ViewMatrix * ProjectionMatrix); pProjectionMatrixVariable->SetMatrix((float*)&finalMatrix); // make sure modelObject is valid // Render a model object D3D10_TECHNIQUE_DESC techniqueDescription; modelObject.pTechnique->GetDesc(&techniqueDescription); // Loop through the technique passes for(UINT p=0; p < techniqueDescription.Passes; ++p) { modelObject.pTechnique->GetPassByIndex(p)->Apply(0); // draw the cube using all 36 vertices and 12 triangles mpD3DDevice->DrawIndexed(modelObject.numIndices,0,0); } } //Render actually incapsulates Gamedraw, so you can call data before you actually clear the buffer or after you //present data void MyGame::Render() { DX3dApp::Render(); } bool MyGame::CreateObject() { //dx will represent the width and the height of the spacing of each vector float dx = 1; //Below are the number of vertices //m is the vertices of each row. n is the columns DWORD m = 30; DWORD n = 30; //This get the width of the entire land //30 - 1 = 29 rows * 1 = 29 * 0.5 = 14.5 float halfWidth = (n-1)*dx*0.5f; float halfDepth = (m-1)*dx*0.5f; float vertexsize = m * n; VertexPos vertices[80]; for(DWORD i = 0; i < m; ++i) { //we are start at the top of z float z = halfDepth - i*dx; for(DWORD j = 0; j < n; ++j) { //to the left of us float x = -halfWidth + j*dx; float y = 0.0f; vertices[i*n+j].pos = D3DXVECTOR3(x, y, z); vertices[i*n+j].color = D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); } } int k = 0; DWORD indices[540]; for(DWORD i = 0; i < n-1; ++i) { for(DWORD j = 0; j < n-1; ++j) { indices[k] = (i * n) + j; indices[k + 1] = (i * n) + j + 1; indices[k + 2] = (i + 1) * n + j; indices[k + 3] = (i + 1) * n + j; indices[k + 4] = (i * n) + j + 1; indices[k + 5] = (i + 1) * n + j+ 1; k += 6; } } //Create Layout D3D10_INPUT_ELEMENT_DESC layout[] = { {"POSITION",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32_FLOAT, 0 , 0, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"COLOR",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_FLOAT, 0 , 12, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0} }; UINT numElements = (sizeof(layout)/sizeof(layout[0])); modelObject.numVertices = sizeof(vertices)/sizeof(VertexPos); //Create buffer desc D3D10_BUFFER_DESC bufferDesc; bufferDesc.Usage = D3D10_USAGE_DEFAULT; bufferDesc.ByteWidth = sizeof(VertexPos) * modelObject.numVertices; bufferDesc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_VERTEX_BUFFER; bufferDesc.CPUAccessFlags = 0; bufferDesc.MiscFlags = 0; D3D10_SUBRESOURCE_DATA initData; initData.pSysMem = vertices; //Create the buffer HRESULT hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateBuffer(&bufferDesc, &initData, &modelObject.pVertexBuffer); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; modelObject.numIndices = sizeof(indices)/sizeof(DWORD); bufferDesc.ByteWidth = sizeof(DWORD) * modelObject.numIndices; bufferDesc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_INDEX_BUFFER; initData.pSysMem = indices; hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateBuffer(&bufferDesc, &initData, &modelObject.pIndicesBuffer); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //Set up fx files LPCWSTR effectFilename = L"effect.fx"; modelObject.pEffect = NULL; hr = D3DX10CreateEffectFromFile(effectFilename, NULL, NULL, "fx_4_0", D3D10_SHADER_ENABLE_STRICTNESS, 0, mpD3DDevice, NULL, NULL, &modelObject.pEffect, NULL, NULL); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; pProjectionMatrixVariable = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("Projection")->AsMatrix(); //Dont sweat the technique. Get it! LPCSTR effectTechniqueName = "Render"; modelObject.pTechnique = modelObject.pEffect->GetTechniqueByName(effectTechniqueName); if(modelObject.pTechnique == NULL) return false; //Create Vertex layout D3D10_PASS_DESC passDesc; modelObject.pTechnique->GetPassByIndex(0)->GetDesc(&passDesc); hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateInputLayout(layout, numElements, passDesc.pIAInputSignature, passDesc.IAInputSignatureSize, &modelObject.pVertexLayout); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; return true; }

    Read the article

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Tip/Trick: Fix Common SEO Problems Using the URL Rewrite Extension

    - by ScottGu
    Search engine optimization (SEO) is important for any publically facing web-site.  A large % of traffic to sites now comes directly from search engines, and improving your site’s search relevancy will lead to more users visiting your site from search engine queries.  This can directly or indirectly increase the money you make through your site. This blog post covers how you can use the free Microsoft URL Rewrite Extension to fix a bunch of common SEO problems that your site might have.  It takes less than 15 minutes (and no code changes) to apply 4 simple URL Rewrite rules to your site, and in doing so cause search engines to drive more visitors and traffic to your site.  The techniques below work equally well with both ASP.NET Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC based sites.  They also works with all versions of ASP.NET (and even work with non-ASP.NET content). [In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu] Measuring the SEO of your website with the Microsoft SEO Toolkit A few months ago I blogged about the free SEO Toolkit that we’ve shipped.  This useful tool enables you to automatically crawl/scan your site for SEO correctness, and it then flags any SEO issues it finds.  I highly recommend downloading and using the tool against any public site you work on.  It makes it easy to spot SEO issues you might have in your site, and pinpoint ways to optimize it further. Below is a simple example of a report I ran against one of my sites (www.scottgu.com) prior to applying the URL Rewrite rules I’ll cover later in this blog post:   Search Relevancy and URL Splitting Two of the important things that search engines evaluate when assessing your site’s “search relevancy” are: How many other sites link to your content.  Search engines assume that if a lot of people around the web are linking to your content, then it is likely useful and so weight it higher in relevancy. The uniqueness of the content it finds on your site.  If search engines find that the content is duplicated in multiple places around the Internet (or on multiple URLs on your site) then it is likely to drop the relevancy of the content. One of the things you want to be very careful to avoid when building public facing sites is to not allow different URLs to retrieve the same content within your site.  Doing so will hurt with both of the situations above.  In particular, allowing external sites to link to the same content with multiple URLs will cause your link-count and page-ranking to be split up across those different URLs (and so give you a smaller page rank than what it would otherwise be if it was just one URL).  Not allowing external sites to link to you in different ways sounds easy in theory – but you might wonder what exactly this means in practice and how you avoid it. 4 Really Common SEO Problems Your Sites Might Have Below are 4 really common scenarios that can cause your site to inadvertently expose multiple URLs for the same content.  When this happens external sites linking to yours will end up splitting their page links across multiple URLs - and as a result cause you to have a lower page ranking with search engines than you deserve. SEO Problem #1: Default Document IIS (and other web servers) supports the concept of a “default document”.  This allows you to avoid having to explicitly specify the page you want to serve at either the root of the web-site/application, or within a sub-directory.  This is convenient – but means that by default this content is available via two different publically exposed URLs (which is bad).  For example: http://scottgu.com/ http://scottgu.com/default.aspx SEO Problem #2: Different URL Casings Web developers often don’t realize URLs are case sensitive to search engines on the web.  This means that search engines will treat the following links as two completely different URLs: http://scottgu.com/Albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx SEO Problem #3: Trailing Slashes Consider the below two URLs – they might look the same at first, but they are subtly different. The trailing slash creates yet another situation that causes search engines to treat the URLs as different and so split search rankings: http://scottgu.com http://scottgu.com/ SEO Problem #4: Canonical Host Names Sometimes sites support scenarios where they support a web-site with both a leading “www” hostname prefix as well as just the hostname itself.  This causes search engines to treat the URLs as different and split search rankling: http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx/ http://www.scottgu.com/albums.aspx/ How to Easily Fix these SEO Problems in 10 minutes (or less) using IIS Rewrite If you haven’t been careful when coding your sites, chances are you are suffering from one (or more) of the above SEO problems.  Addressing these issues will improve your search engine relevancy ranking and drive more traffic to your site. The “good news” is that fixing the above 4 issues is really easy using the URL Rewrite Extension.  This is a completely free Microsoft extension available for IIS 7.x (on Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7 and Windows Vista).  The great thing about using the IIS Rewrite extension is that it allows you to fix the above problems *without* having to change any code within your applications.  You can easily install the URL Rewrite Extension in under 3 minutes using the Microsoft Web Platform Installer (a free tool we ship that automates setting up web servers and development machines).  Just click the green “Install Now” button on the URL Rewrite Spotlight page to install it on your Windows Server 2008, Windows 7 or Windows Vista machine: Once installed you’ll find that a new “URL Rewrite” icon is available within the IIS 7 Admin Tool: Double-clicking the icon will open up the URL Rewrite admin panel – which will display the list of URL Rewrite rules configured for a particular application or site: Notice that our rewrite rule list above is currently empty (which is the default when you first install the extension).  We can click the “Add Rule…” link button in the top-right of the panel to add and enable new URL Rewriting logic for our site.  Scenario 1: Handling Default Document Scenarios One of the SEO problems I discussed earlier in this post was the scenario where the “default document” feature of IIS causes you to inadvertently expose two URLs for the same content on your site.  For example: http://scottgu.com/ http://scottgu.com/default.aspx We can fix this by adding a new IIS Rewrite rule that automatically redirects anyone who navigates to the second URL to instead go to the first one.  We will setup the HTTP redirect to be a “permanent redirect” – which will indicate to search engines that they should follow the redirect and use the new URL they are redirected to as the identifier of the content they retrieve.  Let’s look at how we can create such a rule.  We’ll begin by clicking the “Add Rule” link in the screenshot above.  This will cause the below dialog to display: We’ll select the “Blank Rule” template within the “Inbound rules” section to create a new custom URL Rewriting rule.  This will display an empty pane like below: Don’t worry – setting up the above rule is easy.  The following 4 steps explain how to do so: Step 1: Name the Rule Our first step will be to name the rule we are creating.  Naming it with a descriptive name will make it easier to find and understand later.  Let’s name this rule our “Default Document URL Rewrite” rule: Step 2: Setup the Regular Expression that Matches this Rule Our second step will be to specify a regular expression filter that will cause this rule to execute when an incoming URL matches the regex pattern.   Don’t worry if you aren’t good with regular expressions - I suck at them too. The trick is to know someone who is good at them or copy/paste them from a web-site.  Below we are going to specify the following regular expression as our pattern rule: (.*?)/?Default\.aspx$ This pattern will match any URL string that ends with Default.aspx. The "(.*?)" matches any preceding character zero or more times. The "/?" part says to match the slash symbol zero or one times. The "$" symbol at the end will ensure that the pattern will only match strings that end with Default.aspx.  Combining all these regex elements allows this rule to work not only for the root of your web site (e.g. http://scottgu.com/default.aspx) but also for any application or subdirectory within the site (e.g. http://scottgu.com/photos/default.aspx.  Because the “ignore case” checkbox is selected it will match both “Default.aspx” as well as “default.aspx” within the URL.   One nice feature built-into the rule editor is a “Test pattern” button that you can click to bring up a dialog that allows you to test out a few URLs with the rule you are configuring: Above I've added a “products/default.aspx” URL and clicked the “Test” button.  This will give me immediate feedback on whether the rule will execute for it.  Step 3: Setup a Permanent Redirect Action We’ll then setup an action to occur when our regular expression pattern matches the incoming URL: In the dialog above I’ve changed the “Action Type” drop down to be a “Redirect” action.  The “Redirect Type” will be a HTTP 301 Permanent redirect – which means search engines will follow it. I’ve also set the “Redirect URL” property to be: {R:1}/ This indicates that we want to redirect the web client requesting the original URL to a new URL that has the originally requested URL path - minus the "Default.aspx" in it.  For example, requests for http://scottgu.com/default.aspx will be redirected to http://scottgu.com/, and requests for http://scottgu.com/photos/default.aspx will be redirected to http://scottgu.com/photos/ The "{R:N}" regex construct, where N >= 0, is called a back-reference and N is the back-reference index. In the case of our pattern "(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$", if the input URL is "products/Default.aspx" then {R:0} will contain "products/Default.aspx" and {R:1} will contain "products".  We are going to use this {R:1}/ value to be the URL we redirect users to.  Step 4: Apply and Save the Rule Our final step is to click the “Apply” button in the top right hand of the IIS admin tool – which will cause the tool to persist the URL Rewrite rule into our application’s root web.config file (under a <system.webServer/rewrite> configuration section): <configuration>     <system.webServer>         <rewrite>             <rules>                 <rule name="Default Document" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$" />                     <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" />                 </rule>             </rules>         </rewrite>     </system.webServer> </configuration> Because IIS 7.x and ASP.NET share the same web.config files, you can actually just copy/paste the above code into your web.config files using Visual Studio and skip the need to run the admin tool entirely.  This also makes adding/deploying URL Rewrite rules with your ASP.NET applications really easy. Step 5: Try the Rule Out Now that we’ve saved the rule, let’s try it out on our site.  Try the following two URLs on my site: http://scottgu.com/ http://scottgu.com/default.aspx Notice that the second URL automatically redirects to the first one.  Because it is a permanent redirect, search engines will follow the URL and should update the page ranking of http://scottgu.com to include links to http://scottgu.com/default.aspx as well. Scenario 2: Different URL Casing Another common SEO problem I discussed earlier in this post is that URLs are case sensitive to search engines on the web.  This means that search engines will treat the following links as two completely different URLs: http://scottgu.com/Albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx We can fix this by adding a new IIS Rewrite rule that automatically redirects anyone who navigates to the first URL to instead go to the second (all lower-case) one.  Like before, we will setup the HTTP redirect to be a “permanent redirect” – which will indicate to search engines that they should follow the redirect and use the new URL they are redirected to as the identifier of the content they retrieve. To create such a rule we’ll click the “Add Rule” link in the URL Rewrite admin tool again.  This will cause the “Add Rule” dialog to appear again: Unlike the previous scenario (where we created a “Blank Rule”), with this scenario we can take advantage of a built-in “Enforce lowercase URLs” rule template.  When we click the “ok” button we’ll see the following dialog which asks us if we want to create a rule that enforces the use of lowercase letters in URLs: When we click the “Yes” button we’ll get a pre-written rule that automatically performs a permanent redirect if an incoming URL has upper-case characters in it – and automatically send users to a lower-case version of the URL: We can click the “Apply” button to use this rule “as-is” and have it apply to all incoming URLs to our site.  Because my www.scottgu.com site uses ASP.NET Web Forms, I’m going to make one small change to the rule we generated above – which is to add a condition that will ensure that URLs to ASP.NET’s built-in “WebResource.axd” handler are excluded from our case-sensitivity URL Rewrite logic.  URLs to the WebResource.axd handler will only come from server-controls emitted from my pages – and will never be linked to from external sites.  While my site will continue to function fine if we redirect these URLs to automatically be lower-case – doing so isn’t necessary and will add an extra HTTP redirect to many of my pages.  The good news is that adding a condition that prevents my URL Rewriting rule from happening with certain URLs is easy.  We simply need to expand the “Conditions” section of the form above We can then click the “Add” button to add a condition clause.  This will bring up the “Add Condition” dialog: Above I’ve entered {URL} as the Condition input – and said that this rule should only execute if the URL does not match a regex pattern which contains the string “WebResource.axd”.  This will ensure that WebResource.axd URLs to my site will be allowed to execute just fine without having the URL be re-written to be all lower-case. Note: If you have static resources (like references to .jpg, .css, and .js files) within your site that currently use upper-case characters you’ll probably want to add additional condition filter clauses so that URLs to them also don’t get redirected to be lower-case (just add rules for patterns like .jpg, .gif, .js, etc).  Your site will continue to work fine if these URLs get redirected to be lower case (meaning the site won’t break) – but it will cause an extra HTTP redirect to happen on your site for URLs that don’t need to be redirected for SEO reasons.  So setting up a condition clause makes sense to add. When I click the “ok” button above and apply our lower-case rewriting rule the admin tool will save the following additional rule to our web.config file: <configuration>     <system.webServer>         <rewrite>             <rules>                 <rule name="Default Document" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$" />                     <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" />                 </rule>                 <rule name="Lower Case URLs" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="[A-Z]" ignoreCase="false" />                     <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false">                         <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" />                     </conditions>                     <action type="Redirect" url="{ToLower:{URL}}" />                 </rule>             </rules>         </rewrite>     </system.webServer> </configuration> Try the Rule Out Now that we’ve saved the rule, let’s try it out on our site.  Try the following two URLs on my site: http://scottgu.com/Albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx Notice that the first URL (which has a capital “A”) automatically does a redirect to a lower-case version of the URL.  Scenario 3: Trailing Slashes Another common SEO problem I discussed earlier in this post is the scenario of trailing slashes within URLs.  The trailing slash creates yet another situation that causes search engines to treat the URLs as different and so split search rankings: http://scottgu.com http://scottgu.com/ We can fix this by adding a new IIS Rewrite rule that automatically redirects anyone who navigates to the first URL (that does not have a trailing slash) to instead go to the second one that does.  Like before, we will setup the HTTP redirect to be a “permanent redirect” – which will indicate to search engines that they should follow the redirect and use the new URL they are redirected to as the identifier of the content they retrieve.  To create such a rule we’ll click the “Add Rule” link in the URL Rewrite admin tool again.  This will cause the “Add Rule” dialog to appear again: The URL Rewrite admin tool has a built-in “Append or remove the trailing slash symbol” rule template.  When we select it and click the “ok” button we’ll see the following dialog which asks us if we want to create a rule that automatically redirects users to a URL with a trailing slash if one isn’t present: Like within our previous lower-casing rewrite rule we’ll add one additional condition clause that will exclude WebResource.axd URLs from being processed by this rule.  This will avoid an unnecessary redirect for happening for those URLs. When we click the “OK” button we’ll get a pre-written rule that automatically performs a permanent redirect if the URL doesn’t have a trailing slash – and if the URL is not processed by either a directory or a file.  This will save the following additional rule to our web.config file: <configuration>     <system.webServer>         <rewrite>             <rules>                 <rule name="Default Document" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$" />                     <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" />                 </rule>                 <rule name="Lower Case URLs" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="[A-Z]" ignoreCase="false" />                     <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false">                         <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" />                     </conditions>                     <action type="Redirect" url="{ToLower:{URL}}" />                 </rule>                 <rule name="Trailing Slash" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="(.*[^/])$" />                     <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false">                         <add input="{REQUEST_FILENAME}" matchType="IsDirectory" negate="true" />                         <add input="{REQUEST_FILENAME}" matchType="IsFile" negate="true" />                         <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" />                     </conditions>                     <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" />                 </rule>             </rules>         </rewrite>     </system.webServer> </configuration> Try the Rule Out Now that we’ve saved the rule, let’s try it out on our site.  Try the following two URLs on my site: http://scottgu.com http://scottgu.com/ Notice that the first URL (which has no trailing slash) automatically does a redirect to a URL with the trailing slash.  Because it is a permanent redirect, search engines will follow the URL and update the page ranking. Scenario 4: Canonical Host Names The final SEO problem I discussed earlier are scenarios where a site works with both a leading “www” hostname prefix as well as just the hostname itself.  This causes search engines to treat the URLs as different and split search rankling: http://www.scottgu.com/albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx We can fix this by adding a new IIS Rewrite rule that automatically redirects anyone who navigates to the first URL (that has a www prefix) to instead go to the second URL.  Like before, we will setup the HTTP redirect to be a “permanent redirect” – which will indicate to search engines that they should follow the redirect and use the new URL they are redirected to as the identifier of the content they retrieve.  To create such a rule we’ll click the “Add Rule” link in the URL Rewrite admin tool again.  This will cause the “Add Rule” dialog to appear again: The URL Rewrite admin tool has a built-in “Canonical domain name” rule template.  When we select it and click the “ok” button we’ll see the following dialog which asks us if we want to create a redirect rule that automatically redirects users to a primary host name URL: Above I’m entering the primary URL address I want to expose to the web: scottgu.com.  When we click the “OK” button we’ll get a pre-written rule that automatically performs a permanent redirect if the URL has another leading domain name prefix.  This will save the following additional rule to our web.config file: <configuration>     <system.webServer>         <rewrite>             <rules>                 <rule name="Cannonical Hostname">                     <match url="(.*)" />                     <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false">                         <add input="{HTTP_HOST}" pattern="^scottgu\.com$" negate="true" />                     </conditions>                     <action type="Redirect" url="http://scottgu.com/{R:1}" />                 </rule>                 <rule name="Default Document" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$" />                     <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" />                 </rule>                 <rule name="Lower Case URLs" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="[A-Z]" ignoreCase="false" />                     <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false">                         <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" />                     </conditions>                     <action type="Redirect" url="{ToLower:{URL}}" />                 </rule>                 <rule name="Trailing Slash" stopProcessing="true">                     <match url="(.*[^/])$" />                     <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false">                         <add input="{REQUEST_FILENAME}" matchType="IsDirectory" negate="true" />                         <add input="{REQUEST_FILENAME}" matchType="IsFile" negate="true" />                         <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" />                     </conditions>                     <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" />                 </rule>             </rules>         </rewrite>     </system.webServer> </configuration> Try the Rule Out Now that we’ve saved the rule, let’s try it out on our site.  Try the following two URLs on my site: http://www.scottgu.com/albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx Notice that the first URL (which has the “www” prefix) now automatically does a redirect to the second URL which does not have the www prefix.  Because it is a permanent redirect, search engines will follow the URL and update the page ranking. 4 Simple Rules for Improved SEO The above 4 rules are pretty easy to setup and should take less than 15 minutes to configure on existing sites you already have.  The beauty of using a solution like the URL Rewrite Extension is that you can take advantage of it without having to change code within your web-site – and without having to break any existing links already pointing at your site.  Users who follow existing links will be automatically redirected to the new URLs you wish to publish.  And search engines will start to give your site a higher search relevancy ranking – which will list your site higher in search results and drive more traffic to it. Customizing your URL Rewriting rules further is easy to-do either by editing the web.config file directly, or alternatively, just double click the URL Rewrite icon within the IIS 7.x admin tool and it will list all the active rules for your web-site or application: Clicking any of the rules above will open the rules editor back up and allow you to tweak/customize/save them further. Summary Measuring and improving SEO is something every developer building a public-facing web-site needs to think about and focus on.  If you haven’t already, download and use the SEO Toolkit to analyze the SEO of your sites today. New URL Routing features in ASP.NET MVC and ASP.NET Web Forms 4 make it much easier to build applications that have more control over the URLs that are published.  Tools like the URL Rewrite Extension that I’ve talked about in this blog post make it much easier to improve the URLs that are published from sites you already have built today – without requiring you to change a lot of code. The URL Rewrite Extension provides a bunch of additional great capabilities – far beyond just SEO - as well.  I’ll be covering these additional capabilities more in future blog posts. Hope this helps, Scott

    Read the article

  • MySQL Syslog Audit Plugin

    - by jonathonc
    This post shows the construction process of the Syslog Audit plugin that was presented at MySQL Connect 2012. It is based on an environment that has the appropriate development tools enabled including gcc,g++ and cmake. It also assumes you have downloaded the MySQL source code (5.5.16 or higher) and have compiled and installed the system into the /usr/local/mysql directory ready for use.  The information provided below is designed to show the different components that make up a plugin, and specifically an audit type plugin, and how it comes together to be used within the MySQL service. The MySQL Reference Manual contains information regarding the plugin API and how it can be used, so please refer there for more detailed information. The code in this post is designed to give the simplest information necessary, so handling every return code, managing race conditions etc is not part of this example code. Let's start by looking at the most basic implementation of our plugin code as seen below: /*    Copyright (c) 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.    Author:  Jonathon Coombes    Licence: GPL    Description: An auditing plugin that logs to syslog and                 can adjust the loglevel via the system variables. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <string.h> #include <mysql/plugin_audit.h> #include <syslog.h> There is a commented header detailing copyright/licencing and meta-data information and then the include headers. The two important include statements for our plugin are the syslog.h plugin, which gives us the structures for syslog, and the plugin_audit.h include which has details regarding the audit specific plugin api. Note that we do not need to include the general plugin header plugin.h, as this is done within the plugin_audit.h file already. To implement our plugin within the current implementation we need to add it into our source code and compile. > cd /usr/local/src/mysql-5.5.28/plugin > mkdir audit_syslog > cd audit_syslog A simple CMakeLists.txt file is created to manage the plugin compilation: MYSQL_ADD_PLUGIN(audit_syslog audit_syslog.cc MODULE_ONLY) Run the cmake  command at the top level of the source and then you can compile the plugin using the 'make' command. This results in a compiled audit_syslog.so library, but currently it is not much use to MySQL as there is no level of api defined to communicate with the MySQL service. Now we need to define the general plugin structure that enables MySQL to recognise the library as a plugin and be able to install/uninstall it and have it show up in the system. The structure is defined in the plugin.h file in the MySQL source code.  /*   Plugin library descriptor */ mysql_declare_plugin(audit_syslog) {   MYSQL_AUDIT_PLUGIN,           /* plugin type                    */   &audit_syslog_descriptor,     /* descriptor handle               */   "audit_syslog",               /* plugin name                     */   "Author Name",                /* author                          */   "Simple Syslog Audit",        /* description                     */   PLUGIN_LICENSE_GPL,           /* licence                         */   audit_syslog_init,            /* init function     */   audit_syslog_deinit,          /* deinit function */   0x0001,                       /* plugin version                  */   NULL,                         /* status variables        */   NULL,                         /* system variables                */   NULL,                         /* no reserves                     */   0,                            /* no flags                        */ } mysql_declare_plugin_end; The general plugin descriptor above is standard for all plugin types in MySQL. The plugin type is defined along with the init/deinit functions and interface methods into the system for sharing information, and various other metadata information. The descriptors have an internally recognised version number so that plugins can be matched against the api on the running server. The other details are usually related to the type-specific methods and structures to implement the plugin. Each plugin has a type-specific descriptor as well which details how the plugin is implemented for the specific purpose of that plugin type. /*   Plugin type-specific descriptor */ static struct st_mysql_audit audit_syslog_descriptor= {   MYSQL_AUDIT_INTERFACE_VERSION,                        /* interface version    */   NULL,                                                 /* release_thd function */   audit_syslog_notify,                                  /* notify function      */   { (unsigned long) MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASSMASK |                     MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASSMASK }  /* class mask           */ }; In this particular case, the release_thd function has not been defined as it is not required. The important method for auditing is the notify function which is activated when an event occurs on the system. The notify function is designed to activate on an event and the implementation will determine how it is handled. For the audit_syslog plugin, the use of the syslog feature sends all events to the syslog for recording. The class mask allows us to determine what type of events are being seen by the notify function. There are currently two major types of event: 1. General Events: This includes general logging, errors, status and result type events. This is the main one for tracking the queries and operations on the database. 2. Connection Events: This group is based around user logins. It monitors connections and disconnections, but also if somebody changes user while connected. With most audit plugins, the principle behind the plugin is to track changes to the system over time and counters can be an important part of this process. The next step is to define and initialise the counters that are used to track the events in the service. There are 3 counters defined in total for our plugin - the # of general events, the # of connection events and the total number of events.  static volatile int total_number_of_calls; /* Count MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS event instances */ static volatile int number_of_calls_general; /* Count MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS event instances */ static volatile int number_of_calls_connection; The init and deinit functions for the plugin are there to be called when the plugin is activated and when it is terminated. These offer the best option to initialise the counters for our plugin: /*  Initialize the plugin at server start or plugin installation. */ static int audit_syslog_init(void *arg __attribute__((unused))) {     openlog("mysql_audit:",LOG_PID|LOG_PERROR|LOG_CONS,LOG_USER);     total_number_of_calls= 0;     number_of_calls_general= 0;     number_of_calls_connection= 0;     return(0); } The init function does a call to openlog to initialise the syslog functionality. The parameters are the service to log under ("mysql_audit" in this case), the syslog flags and the facility for the logging. Then each of the counters are initialised to zero and a success is returned. If the init function is not defined, it will return success by default. /*  Terminate the plugin at server shutdown or plugin deinstallation. */ static int audit_syslog_deinit(void *arg __attribute__((unused))) {     closelog();     return(0); } The deinit function will simply close our syslog connection and return success. Note that the syslog functionality is part of the glibc libraries and does not require any external factors.  The function names are what we define in the general plugin structure, so these have to match otherwise there will be errors. The next step is to implement the event notifier function that was defined in the type specific descriptor (audit_syslog_descriptor) which is audit_syslog_notify. /* Event notifier function */ static void audit_syslog_notify(MYSQL_THD thd __attribute__((unused)), unsigned int event_class, const void *event) { total_number_of_calls++; if (event_class == MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS) { const struct mysql_event_general *event_general= (const struct mysql_event_general *) event; number_of_calls_general++; syslog(audit_loglevel,"%lu: User: %s Command: %s Query: %s\n", event_general->general_thread_id, event_general->general_user, event_general->general_command, event_general->general_query ); } else if (event_class == MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS) { const struct mysql_event_connection *event_connection= (const struct mysql_event_connection *) event; number_of_calls_connection++; syslog(audit_loglevel,"%lu: User: %s@%s[%s] Event: %d Status: %d\n", event_connection->thread_id, event_connection->user, event_connection->host, event_connection->ip, event_connection->event_subclass, event_connection->status ); } }   In the case of an event, the notifier function is called. The first step is to increment the total number of events that have occurred in our database.The event argument is then cast into the appropriate event structure depending on the class type, of general event or connection event. The event type counters are incremented and details are sent via the syslog() function out to the system log. There are going to be different line formats and information returned since the general events have different data compared to the connection events, even though some of the details overlap, for example, user, thread id, host etc. On compiling the code now, there should be no errors and the resulting audit_syslog.so can be loaded into the server and ready to use. Log into the server and type: mysql> INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so'; This will install the plugin and will start updating the syslog immediately. Note that the audit plugin attaches to the immediate thread and cannot be uninstalled while that thread is active. This means that you cannot run the UNISTALL command until you log into a different connection (thread) on the server. Once the plugin is loaded, the system log will show output such as the following: Oct  8 15:33:21 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so' Oct  8 15:33:21 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so' Oct  8 15:33:40 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: show tables Oct  8 15:33:40 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: show tables Oct  8 15:33:43 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: select * from t1 Oct  8 15:33:43 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: select * from t1 It appears that two of each event is being shown, but in actuality, these are two separate event types - the result event and the status event. This could be refined further by changing the audit_syslog_notify function to handle the different event sub-types in a different manner.  So far, it seems that the logging is working with events showing up in the syslog output. The issue now is that the counters created earlier to track the number of events by type are not accessible when the plugin is being run. Instead there needs to be a way to expose the plugin specific information to the service and vice versa. This could be done via the information_schema plugin api, but for something as simple as counters, the obvious choice is the system status variables. This is done using the standard structure and the declaration: /*  Plugin status variables for SHOW STATUS */ static struct st_mysql_show_var audit_syslog_status[]= {   { "Audit_syslog_total_calls",     (char *) &total_number_of_calls,     SHOW_INT },   { "Audit_syslog_general_events",     (char *) &number_of_calls_general,     SHOW_INT },   { "Audit_syslog_connection_events",     (char *) &number_of_calls_connection,     SHOW_INT },   { 0, 0, SHOW_INT } };   The structure is simply the name that will be displaying in the mysql service, the address of the associated variables, and the data type being used for the counter. It is finished with a blank structure to show that there are no more variables. Remember that status variables may have the same name for variables from other plugin, so it is considered appropriate to add the plugin name at the start of the status variable name to avoid confusion. Looking at the status variables in the mysql client shows something like the following: mysql> show global status like "audit%"; +--------------------------------+-------+ | Variable_name                  | Value | +--------------------------------+-------+ | Audit_syslog_connection_events | 1     | | Audit_syslog_general_events    | 2     | | Audit_syslog_total_calls       | 3     | +--------------------------------+-------+ 3 rows in set (0.00 sec) The final connectivity piece for the plugin is to allow the interactive change of the logging level between the plugin and the system. This requires the ability to send changes via the mysql service through to the plugin. This is done using the system variables interface and defining a single variable to keep track of the active logging level for the facility. /* Plugin system variables for SHOW VARIABLES */ static MYSQL_SYSVAR_STR(loglevel, audit_loglevel,                         PLUGIN_VAR_RQCMDARG,                         "User can specify the log level for auditing",                         audit_loglevel_check, audit_loglevel_update, "LOG_NOTICE"); static struct st_mysql_sys_var* audit_syslog_sysvars[] = {     MYSQL_SYSVAR(loglevel),     NULL }; So now the system variable 'loglevel' is defined for the plugin and associated to the global variable 'audit_loglevel'. The check or validation function is defined to make sure that no garbage values are attempted in the update of the variable. The update function is used to save the new value to the variable. Note that the audit_syslog_sysvars structure is defined in the general plugin descriptor to associate the link between the plugin and the system and how much they interact. Next comes the implementation of the validation function and the update function for the system variable. It is worth noting that if you have a simple numeric such as integers for the variable types, the validate function is often not required as MySQL will handle the automatic check and validation of simple types. /* longest valid value */ #define MAX_LOGLEVEL_SIZE 100 /* hold the valid values */ static const char *possible_modes[]= { "LOG_ERROR", "LOG_WARNING", "LOG_NOTICE", NULL };  static int audit_loglevel_check(     THD*                        thd,    /*!< in: thread handle */     struct st_mysql_sys_var*    var,    /*!< in: pointer to system                                         variable */     void*                       save,   /*!< out: immediate result                                         for update function */     struct st_mysql_value*      value)  /*!< in: incoming string */ {     char buff[MAX_LOGLEVEL_SIZE];     const char *str;     const char **found;     int length;     length= sizeof(buff);     if (!(str= value->val_str(value, buff, &length)))         return 1;     /*         We need to return a pointer to a locally allocated value in "save".         Here we pick to search for the supplied value in an global array of         constant strings and return a pointer to one of them.         The other possiblity is to use the thd_alloc() function to allocate         a thread local buffer instead of the global constants.     */     for (found= possible_modes; *found; found++)     {         if (!strcmp(*found, str))         {             *(const char**)save= *found;             return 0;         }     }     return 1; } The validation function is simply to take the value being passed in via the SET GLOBAL VARIABLE command and check if it is one of the pre-defined values allowed  in our possible_values array. If it is found to be valid, then the value is assigned to the save variable ready for passing through to the update function. static void audit_loglevel_update(     THD*                        thd,        /*!< in: thread handle */     struct st_mysql_sys_var*    var,        /*!< in: system variable                                             being altered */     void*                       var_ptr,    /*!< out: pointer to                                             dynamic variable */     const void*                 save)       /*!< in: pointer to                                             temporary storage */ {     /* assign the new value so that the server can read it */     *(char **) var_ptr= *(char **) save;     /* assign the new value to the internal variable */     audit_loglevel= *(char **) save; } Since all the validation has been done already, the update function is quite simple for this plugin. The first part is to update the system variable pointer so that the server can read the value. The second part is to update our own global plugin variable for tracking the value. Notice that the save variable is passed in as a void type to allow handling of various data types, so it must be cast to the appropriate data type when assigning it to the variables. Looking at how the latest changes affect the usage of the plugin and the interaction within the server shows: mysql> show global variables like "audit%"; +-----------------------+------------+ | Variable_name         | Value      | +-----------------------+------------+ | audit_syslog_loglevel | LOG_NOTICE | +-----------------------+------------+ 1 row in set (0.00 sec) mysql> set global audit_syslog_loglevel="LOG_ERROR"; Query OK, 0 rows affected (0.00 sec) mysql> show global status like "audit%"; +--------------------------------+-------+ | Variable_name                  | Value | +--------------------------------+-------+ | Audit_syslog_connection_events | 1     | | Audit_syslog_general_events    | 11    | | Audit_syslog_total_calls       | 12    | +--------------------------------+-------+ 3 rows in set (0.00 sec) mysql> show global variables like "audit%"; +-----------------------+-----------+ | Variable_name         | Value     | +-----------------------+-----------+ | audit_syslog_loglevel | LOG_ERROR | +-----------------------+-----------+ 1 row in set (0.00 sec)   So now we have a plugin that will audit the events on the system and log the details to the system log. It allows for interaction to see the number of different events within the server details and provides a mechanism to change the logging level interactively via the standard system methods of the SET command. A more complex auditing plugin may have more detailed code, but each of the above areas is what will be involved and simply expanded on to add more functionality. With the above skeleton code, it is now possible to create your own audit plugins to implement your own auditing requirements. If, however, you are not of the coding persuasion, then you could always consider the option of the MySQL Enterprise Audit plugin that is available to purchase.

    Read the article

  • These are few objective type questions which i was not able to find the solution [closed]

    - by Tarun
    1. Which of the following advantages does System.Collections.IDictionaryEnumerator provide over System.Collections.IEnumerator? a. It adds properties for direct access to both the Key and the Value b. It is optimized to handle the structure of a Dictionary. c. It provides properties to determine if the Dictionary is enumerated in Key or Value order d. It provides reverse lookup methods to distinguish a Key from a specific Value 2. When Implementing System.EnterpriseServices.ServicedComponent derived classes, which of the following statements are true? a. Enabling object pooling requires an attribute on the class and the enabling of pooling in the COM+ catalog. b. Methods can be configured to automatically mark a transaction as complete by the use of attributes. c. You can configure authentication using the AuthenticationOption when the ActivationMode is set to Library. d. You can control the lifecycle policy of an individual instance using the SetLifetimeService method. 3. Which of the following are true regarding event declaration in the code below? class Sample { event MyEventHandlerType MyEvent; } a. MyEventHandlerType must be derived from System.EventHandler or System.EventHandler<TEventArgs> b. MyEventHandlerType must take two parameters, the first of the type Object, and the second of a class derived from System.EventArgs c. MyEventHandlerType may have a non-void return type d. If MyEventHandlerType is a generic type, event declaration must use a specialization of that type. e. MyEventHandlerType cannot be declared static 4. Which of the following statements apply to developing .NET code, using .NET utilities that are available with the SDK or Visual Studio? a. Developers can create assemblies directly from the MSIL Source Code. b. Developers can examine PE header information in an assembly. c. Developers can generate XML Schemas from class definitions contained within an assembly. d. Developers can strip all meta-data from managed assemblies. e. Developers can split an assembly into multiple assemblies. 5. Which of the following characteristics do classes in the System.Drawing namespace such as Brush,Font,Pen, and Icon share? a. They encapsulate native resource and must be properly Disposed to prevent potential exhausting of resources. b. They are all MarshalByRef derived classes, but functionality across AppDomains has specific limitations. c. You can inherit from these classes to provide enhanced or customized functionality 6. Which of the following are required to be true by objects which are going to be used as keys in a System.Collections.HashTable? a. They must handle case-sensitivity identically in both the GetHashCode() and Equals() methods. b. Key objects must be immutable for the duration they are used within a HashTable. c. Get HashCode() must be overridden to provide the same result, given the same parameters, regardless of reference equalityl unless the HashTable constructor is provided with an IEqualityComparer parameter. d. Each Element in a HashTable is stored as a Key/Value pair of the type System.Collections.DictionaryElement e. All of the above 7. Which of the following are true about Nullable types? a. A Nullable type is a reference type. b. A Nullable type is a structure. c. An implicit conversion exists from any non-nullable value type to a nullable form of that type. d. An implicit conversion exists from any nullable value type to a non-nullable form of that type. e. A predefined conversion from the nullable type S? to the nullable type T? exists if there is a predefined conversion from the non-nullable type S to the non-nullable type T 8. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is a private instance member with a leading underscore that can be programmatically referenced. c. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection d. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 9. Which of the following does using Initializer Syntax with a collection as shown below require? CollectionClass numbers = new CollectionClass { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; a. The Collection Class must implement System.Collections.Generic.ICollection<T> b. The Collection Class must implement System.Collections.Generic.IList<T> c. Each of the Items in the Initializer List will be passed to the Add<T>(T item) method d. The items in the initializer will be treated as an IEnumerable<T> and passed to the collection constructor+K110 10. What impact will using implicitly typed local variables as in the following example have? var sample = "Hello World"; a. The actual type is determined at compilation time, and has no impact on the runtime b. The actual type is determined at runtime, and late binding takes effect c. The actual type is based on the native VARIANT concept, and no binding to a specific type takes place. d. "var" itself is a specific type defined by the framework, and no special binding takes place 11. Which of the following is not supported by remoting object types? a. well-known singleton b. well-known single call c. client activated d. context-agile 12. In which of the following ways do structs differ from classes? a. Structs can not implement interfaces b. Structs cannot inherit from a base struct c. Structs cannot have events interfaces d. Structs cannot have virtual methods 13. Which of the following is not an unboxing conversion? a. void Sample1(object o) { int i = (int)o; } b. void Sample1(ValueType vt) { int i = (int)vt; } c. enum E { Hello, World} void Sample1(System.Enum et) { E e = (E) et; } d. interface I { int Value { get; set; } } void Sample1(I vt) { int i = vt.Value; } e. class C { public int Value { get; set; } } void Sample1(C vt) { int i = vt.Value; } 14. Which of the following are characteristics of the System.Threading.Timer class? a. The method provided by the TimerCallback delegate will always be invoked on the thread which created the timer. b. The thread which creates the timer must have a message processing loop (i.e. be considered a UI thread) c. The class contains protection to prevent reentrancy to the method provided by the TimerCallback delegate d. You can receive notification of an instance being Disposed by calling an overload of the Dispose method. 15. What is the proper declaration of a method which will handle the following event? Class MyClass { public event EventHandler MyEvent; } a. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, MyArgs e) { } b. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, EventArgs e) { } c. public void A_MyEvent(MyArgs e) { } d. public void A_MyEvent(MyClass sender,EventArgs e) { } 16. Which of the following scenarios are applicable to Window Workflow Foundation? a. Document-centric workflows b. Human workflows c. User-interface page flows d. Builtin support for communications across multiple applications and/or platforms e. All of the above 17. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is a private instance member with a leading underscore that can be programmatically referenced. c. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection d. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 18 While using the capabilities supplied by the System.Messaging classes, which of the following are true? a. Information must be explicitly converted to/from a byte stream before it uses the MessageQueue class b. Invoking the MessageQueue.Send member defaults to using the System.Messaging.XmlMessageFormatter to serialize the object. c. Objects must be XMLSerializable in order to be transferred over a MessageQueue instance. d. The first entry in a MessageQueue must be removed from the queue before the next entry can be accessed e. Entries removed from a MessageQueue within the scope of a transaction, will be pushed back into the front of the queue if the transaction fails. 19. Which of the following are true about declarative attributes? a. They must be inherited from the System.Attribute. b. Attributes are instantiated at the same time as instances of the class to which they are applied. c. Attribute classes may be restricted to be applied only to application element types. d. By default, a given attribute may be applied multiple times to the same application element. 20. When using version 3.5 of the framework in applications which emit a dynamic code, which of the following are true? a. A Partial trust code can not emit and execute a code b. A Partial trust application must have the SecurityCriticalAttribute attribute have called Assert ReflectionEmit permission c. The generated code no more permissions than the assembly which emitted it. d. It can be executed by calling System.Reflection.Emit.DynamicMethod( string name, Type returnType, Type[] parameterTypes ) without any special permissions Within Windows Workflow Foundation, Compensating Actions are used for: a. provide a means to rollback a failed transaction b. provide a means to undo a successfully committed transaction later c. provide a means to terminate an in process transaction d. achieve load balancing by adapting to the current activity 21. What is the proper declaration of a method which will handle the following event? Class MyClass { public event EventHandler MyEvent; } a. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, MyArgs e) { } b. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, EventArgs e) { } c. public void A_MyEvent(MyArgs e) { } d. public void A_MyEvent(MyClass sender,EventArgs e) { } 22. Which of the following controls allows the use of XSL to transform XML content into formatted content? a. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Xml b. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Xslt c. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Substitution d. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Transform 23. To which of the following do automatic properties refer? a. You declare (explicitly or implicitly) the accessibility of the property and get and set accessors, but do not provide any implementation or backing field b. You attribute a member field so that the compiler will generate get and set accessors c. The compiler creates properties for your class based on class level attributes d. They are properties which are automatically invoked as part of the object construction process 24. Which of the following are true about Nullable types? a. A Nullable type is a reference type. b. An implicit conversion exists from any non-nullable value type to a nullable form of that type. c. A predefined conversion from the nullable type S? to the nullable type T? exists if there is a predefined conversion from the non-nullable type S to the non-nullable type T 25. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection. c. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 26. When using an implicitly typed array, which of the following is most appropriate? a. All elements in the initializer list must be of the same type. b. All elements in the initializer list must be implicitly convertible to a known type which is the actual type of at least one member in the initializer list c. All elements in the initializer list must be implicitly convertible to common type which is a base type of the items actually in the list 27. Which of the following is false about anonymous types? a. They can be derived from any reference type. b. Two anonymous types with the same named parameters in the same order declared in different classes have the same type. c. All properties of an anonymous type are read/write. 28. Which of the following are true about Extension methods. a. They can be declared either static or instance members b. They must be declared in the same assembly (but may be in different source files) c. Extension methods can be used to override existing instance methods d. Extension methods with the same signature for the same class may be declared in multiple namespaces without causing compilation errors

    Read the article

  • problem with google chrome

    - by user365559
    hi. i have javscript file for history management.IT is not supported by chrome when i am trying to navigate to back page with backbutton in the browser.I can see the url change but it doesnt go to preceeding page. BrowserHistoryUtils = { addEvent: function(elm, evType, fn, useCapture) { useCapture = useCapture || false; if (elm.addEventListener) { elm.addEventListener(evType, fn, useCapture); return true; } else if (elm.attachEvent) { var r = elm.attachEvent('on' + evType, fn); return r; } else { elm['on' + evType] = fn; } } } BrowserHistory = (function() { // type of browser var browser = { ie: false, firefox: false, safari: false, opera: false, version: -1 }; // if setDefaultURL has been called, our first clue // that the SWF is ready and listening //var swfReady = false; // the URL we'll send to the SWF once it is ready //var pendingURL = ''; // Default app state URL to use when no fragment ID present var defaultHash = ''; // Last-known app state URL var currentHref = document.location.href; // Initial URL (used only by IE) var initialHref = document.location.href; // Initial URL (used only by IE) var initialHash = document.location.hash; // History frame source URL prefix (used only by IE) var historyFrameSourcePrefix = 'history/historyFrame.html?'; // History maintenance (used only by Safari) var currentHistoryLength = -1; var historyHash = []; var initialState = createState(initialHref, initialHref + '#' + initialHash, initialHash); var backStack = []; var forwardStack = []; var currentObjectId = null; //UserAgent detection var useragent = navigator.userAgent.toLowerCase(); if (useragent.indexOf("opera") != -1) { browser.opera = true; } else if (useragent.indexOf("msie") != -1) { browser.ie = true; browser.version = parseFloat(useragent.substring(useragent.indexOf('msie') + 4)); } else if (useragent.indexOf("safari") != -1) { browser.safari = true; browser.version = parseFloat(useragent.substring(useragent.indexOf('safari') + 7)); } else if (useragent.indexOf("gecko") != -1) { browser.firefox = true; } if (browser.ie == true && browser.version == 7) { window["_ie_firstload"] = false; } // Accessor functions for obtaining specific elements of the page. function getHistoryFrame() { return document.getElementById('ie_historyFrame'); } function getAnchorElement() { return document.getElementById('firefox_anchorDiv'); } function getFormElement() { return document.getElementById('safari_formDiv'); } function getRememberElement() { return document.getElementById("safari_remember_field"); } // Get the Flash player object for performing ExternalInterface callbacks. // Updated for changes to SWFObject2. function getPlayer(id) { if (id && document.getElementById(id)) { var r = document.getElementById(id); if (typeof r.SetVariable != "undefined") { return r; } else { var o = r.getElementsByTagName("object"); var e = r.getElementsByTagName("embed"); if (o.length > 0 && typeof o[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[0]; } else if (e.length > 0 && typeof e[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return e[0]; } } } else { var o = document.getElementsByTagName("object"); var e = document.getElementsByTagName("embed"); if (e.length > 0 && typeof e[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return e[0]; } else if (o.length > 0 && typeof o[0].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[0]; } else if (o.length > 1 && typeof o[1].SetVariable != "undefined") { return o[1]; } } return undefined; } function getPlayers() { var players = []; if (players.length == 0) { var tmp = document.getElementsByTagName('object'); players = tmp; } if (players.length == 0 || players[0].object == null) { var tmp = document.getElementsByTagName('embed'); players = tmp; } return players; } function getIframeHash() { var doc = getHistoryFrame().contentWindow.document; var hash = String(doc.location.search); if (hash.length == 1 && hash.charAt(0) == "?") { hash = ""; } else if (hash.length >= 2 && hash.charAt(0) == "?") { hash = hash.substring(1); } return hash; } /* Get the current location hash excluding the '#' symbol. */ function getHash() { // It would be nice if we could use document.location.hash here, // but it's faulty sometimes. var idx = document.location.href.indexOf('#'); return (idx >= 0) ? document.location.href.substr(idx+1) : ''; } /* Get the current location hash excluding the '#' symbol. */ function setHash(hash) { // It would be nice if we could use document.location.hash here, // but it's faulty sometimes. if (hash == '') hash = '#' document.location.hash = hash; } function createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl) { return { 'baseUrl': baseUrl, 'newUrl': newUrl, 'flexAppUrl': flexAppUrl, 'title': null }; } /* Add a history entry to the browser. * baseUrl: the portion of the location prior to the '#' * newUrl: the entire new URL, including '#' and following fragment * flexAppUrl: the portion of the location following the '#' only */ function addHistoryEntry(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl) { //delete all the history entries forwardStack = []; if (browser.ie) { //Check to see if we are being asked to do a navigate for the first //history entry, and if so ignore, because it's coming from the creation //of the history iframe if (flexAppUrl == defaultHash && document.location.href == initialHref && window['_ie_firstload']) { currentHref = initialHref; return; } if ((!flexAppUrl || flexAppUrl == defaultHash) && window['_ie_firstload']) { newUrl = baseUrl + '#' + defaultHash; flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } else { // for IE, tell the history frame to go somewhere without a '#' // in order to get this entry into the browser history. getHistoryFrame().src = historyFrameSourcePrefix + flexAppUrl; } setHash(flexAppUrl); } else { //ADR if (backStack.length == 0 && initialState.flexAppUrl == flexAppUrl) { initialState = createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); } else if(backStack.length > 0 && backStack[backStack.length - 1].flexAppUrl == flexAppUrl) { backStack[backStack.length - 1] = createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); } if (browser.safari) { // for Safari, submit a form whose action points to the desired URL if (browser.version <= 419.3) { var file = window.location.pathname.toString(); file = file.substring(file.lastIndexOf("/")+1); getFormElement().innerHTML = '<form name="historyForm" action="'+file+'#' + flexAppUrl + '" method="GET"></form>'; //get the current elements and add them to the form var qs = window.location.search.substring(1); var qs_arr = qs.split("&"); for (var i = 0; i < qs_arr.length; i++) { var tmp = qs_arr[i].split("="); var elem = document.createElement("input"); elem.type = "hidden"; elem.name = tmp[0]; elem.value = tmp[1]; document.forms.historyForm.appendChild(elem); } document.forms.historyForm.submit(); } else { top.location.hash = flexAppUrl; } // We also have to maintain the history by hand for Safari historyHash[history.length] = flexAppUrl; _storeStates(); } else { // Otherwise, write an anchor into the page and tell the browser to go there addAnchor(flexAppUrl); setHash(flexAppUrl); } } backStack.push(createState(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl)); } function _storeStates() { if (browser.safari) { getRememberElement().value = historyHash.join(","); } } function handleBackButton() { //The "current" page is always at the top of the history stack. var current = backStack.pop(); if (!current) { return; } var last = backStack[backStack.length - 1]; if (!last && backStack.length == 0){ last = initialState; } forwardStack.push(current); } function handleForwardButton() { //summary: private method. Do not call this directly. var last = forwardStack.pop(); if (!last) { return; } backStack.push(last); } function handleArbitraryUrl() { //delete all the history entries forwardStack = []; } /* Called periodically to poll to see if we need to detect navigation that has occurred */ function checkForUrlChange() { if (browser.ie) { if (currentHref != document.location.href && currentHref + '#' != document.location.href) { //This occurs when the user has navigated to a specific URL //within the app, and didn't use browser back/forward //IE seems to have a bug where it stops updating the URL it //shows the end-user at this point, but programatically it //appears to be correct. Do a full app reload to get around //this issue. if (browser.version < 7) { currentHref = document.location.href; document.location.reload(); } else { if (getHash() != getIframeHash()) { // this.iframe.src = this.blankURL + hash; var sourceToSet = historyFrameSourcePrefix + getHash(); getHistoryFrame().src = sourceToSet; } } } } if (browser.safari) { // For Safari, we have to check to see if history.length changed. if (currentHistoryLength >= 0 && history.length != currentHistoryLength) { //alert("did change: " + history.length + ", " + historyHash.length + "|" + historyHash[history.length] + "|>" + historyHash.join("|")); // If it did change, then we have to look the old state up // in our hand-maintained array since document.location.hash // won't have changed, then call back into BrowserManager. currentHistoryLength = history.length; var flexAppUrl = historyHash[currentHistoryLength]; if (flexAppUrl == '') { //flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } //ADR: to fix multiple if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } else { getPlayer().browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } _storeStates(); } } if (browser.firefox) { if (currentHref != document.location.href) { var bsl = backStack.length; var urlActions = { back: false, forward: false, set: false } if ((window.location.hash == initialHash || window.location.href == initialHref) && (bsl == 1)) { urlActions.back = true; // FIXME: could this ever be a forward button? // we can't clear it because we still need to check for forwards. Ugg. // clearInterval(this.locationTimer); handleBackButton(); } // first check to see if we could have gone forward. We always halt on // a no-hash item. if (forwardStack.length > 0) { if (forwardStack[forwardStack.length-1].flexAppUrl == getHash()) { urlActions.forward = true; handleForwardButton(); } } // ok, that didn't work, try someplace back in the history stack if ((bsl >= 2) && (backStack[bsl - 2])) { if (backStack[bsl - 2].flexAppUrl == getHash()) { urlActions.back = true; handleBackButton(); } } if (!urlActions.back && !urlActions.forward) { var foundInStacks = { back: -1, forward: -1 } for (var i = 0; i < backStack.length; i++) { if (backStack[i].flexAppUrl == getHash() && i != (bsl - 2)) { arbitraryUrl = true; foundInStacks.back = i; } } for (var i = 0; i < forwardStack.length; i++) { if (forwardStack[i].flexAppUrl == getHash() && i != (bsl - 2)) { arbitraryUrl = true; foundInStacks.forward = i; } } handleArbitraryUrl(); } // Firefox changed; do a callback into BrowserManager to tell it. currentHref = document.location.href; var flexAppUrl = getHash(); if (flexAppUrl == '') { //flexAppUrl = defaultHash; } //ADR: to fix multiple if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } else { getPlayer().browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } } } //setTimeout(checkForUrlChange, 50); } /* Write an anchor into the page to legitimize it as a URL for Firefox et al. */ function addAnchor(flexAppUrl) { if (document.getElementsByName(flexAppUrl).length == 0) { getAnchorElement().innerHTML += "<a name='" + flexAppUrl + "'>" + flexAppUrl + "</a>"; } } var _initialize = function () { if (browser.ie) { var scripts = document.getElementsByTagName('script'); for (var i = 0, s; s = scripts[i]; i++) { if (s.src.indexOf("history.js") > -1) { var iframe_location = (new String(s.src)).replace("history.js", "historyFrame.html"); } } historyFrameSourcePrefix = iframe_location + "?"; var src = historyFrameSourcePrefix; var iframe = document.createElement("iframe"); iframe.id = 'ie_historyFrame'; iframe.name = 'ie_historyFrame'; //iframe.src = historyFrameSourcePrefix; try { document.body.appendChild(iframe); } catch(e) { setTimeout(function() { document.body.appendChild(iframe); }, 0); } } if (browser.safari) { var rememberDiv = document.createElement("div"); rememberDiv.id = 'safari_rememberDiv'; document.body.appendChild(rememberDiv); rememberDiv.innerHTML = '<input type="text" id="safari_remember_field" style="width: 500px;">'; var formDiv = document.createElement("div"); formDiv.id = 'safari_formDiv'; document.body.appendChild(formDiv); var reloader_content = document.createElement('div'); reloader_content.id = 'safarireloader'; var scripts = document.getElementsByTagName('script'); for (var i = 0, s; s = scripts[i]; i++) { if (s.src.indexOf("history.js") > -1) { html = (new String(s.src)).replace(".js", ".html"); } } reloader_content.innerHTML = '<iframe id="safarireloader-iframe" src="about:blank" frameborder="no" scrolling="no"></iframe>'; document.body.appendChild(reloader_content); reloader_content.style.position = 'absolute'; reloader_content.style.left = reloader_content.style.top = '-9999px'; iframe = reloader_content.getElementsByTagName('iframe')[0]; if (document.getElementById("safari_remember_field").value != "" ) { historyHash = document.getElementById("safari_remember_field").value.split(","); } } if (browser.firefox) { var anchorDiv = document.createElement("div"); anchorDiv.id = 'firefox_anchorDiv'; document.body.appendChild(anchorDiv); } //setTimeout(checkForUrlChange, 50); } return { historyHash: historyHash, backStack: function() { return backStack; }, forwardStack: function() { return forwardStack }, getPlayer: getPlayer, initialize: function(src) { _initialize(src); }, setURL: function(url) { document.location.href = url; }, getURL: function() { return document.location.href; }, getTitle: function() { return document.title; }, setTitle: function(title) { try { backStack[backStack.length - 1].title = title; } catch(e) { } //if on safari, set the title to be the empty string. if (browser.safari) { if (title == "") { try { var tmp = window.location.href.toString(); title = tmp.substring((tmp.lastIndexOf("/")+1), tmp.lastIndexOf("#")); } catch(e) { title = ""; } } } document.title = title; }, setDefaultURL: function(def) { defaultHash = def; def = getHash(); //trailing ? is important else an extra frame gets added to the history //when navigating back to the first page. Alternatively could check //in history frame navigation to compare # and ?. if (browser.ie) { window['_ie_firstload'] = true; var sourceToSet = historyFrameSourcePrefix + def; var func = function() { getHistoryFrame().src = sourceToSet; window.location.replace("#" + def); setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); } try { func(); } catch(e) { window.setTimeout(function() { func(); }, 0); } } if (browser.safari) { currentHistoryLength = history.length; if (historyHash.length == 0) { historyHash[currentHistoryLength] = def; var newloc = "#" + def; window.location.replace(newloc); } else { //alert(historyHash[historyHash.length-1]); } //setHash(def); setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); } if (browser.firefox || browser.opera) { var reg = new RegExp("#" + def + "$"); if (window.location.toString().match(reg)) { } else { var newloc ="#" + def; window.location.replace(newloc); } setInterval(checkForUrlChange, 50); //setHash(def); } }, /* Set the current browser URL; called from inside BrowserManager to propagate * the application state out to the container. */ setBrowserURL: function(flexAppUrl, objectId) { if (browser.ie && typeof objectId != "undefined") { currentObjectId = objectId; } //fromIframe = fromIframe || false; //fromFlex = fromFlex || false; //alert("setBrowserURL: " + flexAppUrl); //flexAppUrl = (flexAppUrl == "") ? defaultHash : flexAppUrl ; var pos = document.location.href.indexOf('#'); var baseUrl = pos != -1 ? document.location.href.substr(0, pos) : document.location.href; var newUrl = baseUrl + '#' + flexAppUrl; if (document.location.href != newUrl && document.location.href + '#' != newUrl) { currentHref = newUrl; addHistoryEntry(baseUrl, newUrl, flexAppUrl); currentHistoryLength = history.length; } return false; }, browserURLChange: function(flexAppUrl) { var objectId = null; if (browser.ie && currentObjectId != null) { objectId = currentObjectId; } pendingURL = ''; if (typeof BrowserHistory_multiple != "undefined" && BrowserHistory_multiple == true) { var pl = getPlayers(); for (var i = 0; i < pl.length; i++) { try { pl[i].browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } catch(e) { } } } else { try { getPlayer(objectId).browserURLChange(flexAppUrl); } catch(e) { } } currentObjectId = null; } } })(); // Initialization // Automated unit testing and other diagnostics function setURL(url) { document.location.href = url; } function backButton() { history.back(); } function forwardButton() { history.forward(); } function goForwardOrBackInHistory(step) { history.go(step); } //BrowserHistoryUtils.addEvent(window, "load", function() { BrowserHistory.initialize(); }); (function(i) { var u =navigator.userAgent;var e=/*@cc_on!@*/false; var st = setTimeout; if(/webkit/i.test(u)){ st(function(){ var dr=document.readyState; if(dr=="loaded"||dr=="complete"){i()} else{st(arguments.callee,10);}},10); } else if((/mozilla/i.test(u)&&!/(compati)/.test(u)) || (/opera/i.test(u))){ document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",i,false); } else if(e){ (function(){ var t=document.createElement('doc:rdy'); try{t.doScroll('left'); i();t=null; }catch(e){st(arguments.callee,0);}})(); } else{ window.onload=i; } })( function() {BrowserHistory.initialize();} );

    Read the article

  • Issues with HLSL and lighting

    - by numerical25
    I am trying figure out whats going on with my HLSL code but I have no way of debugging it cause C++ gives off no errors. The application just closes when I run it. I am trying to add lighting to a 3d plane I made. below is my HLSL. The problem consist when my Pixel shader method returns the struct "outColor" . If I change the return value back to the struct "psInput" , everything goes back to working again. My light vectors and colors are at the top of the fx file // PS_INPUT - input variables to the pixel shader // This struct is created and fill in by the // vertex shader cbuffer Variables { matrix Projection; matrix World; float TimeStep; }; struct PS_INPUT { float4 Pos : SV_POSITION; float4 Color : COLOR0; float3 Normal : TEXCOORD0; float3 ViewVector : TEXCOORD1; }; float specpower = 80.0f; float3 camPos = float3(0.0f, 9.0, -256.0f); float3 DirectLightColor = float3(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); float3 DirectLightVector = float3(0.0f, 0.602f, 0.70f); float3 AmbientLightColor = float3(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); /*************************************** * Lighting functions ***************************************/ /********************************* * CalculateAmbient - * inputs - * vKa material's reflective color * lightColor - the ambient color of the lightsource * output - ambient color *********************************/ float3 CalculateAmbient(float3 vKa, float3 lightColor) { float3 vAmbient = vKa * lightColor; return vAmbient; } /********************************* * CalculateDiffuse - * inputs - * material color * The color of the direct light * the local normal * the vector of the direct light * output - difuse color *********************************/ float3 CalculateDiffuse(float3 baseColor, float3 lightColor, float3 normal, float3 lightVector) { float3 vDiffuse = baseColor * lightColor * saturate(dot(normal, lightVector)); return vDiffuse; } /********************************* * CalculateSpecular - * inputs - * viewVector * the direct light vector * the normal * output - specular highlight *********************************/ float CalculateSpecular(float3 viewVector, float3 lightVector, float3 normal) { float3 vReflect = reflect(lightVector, normal); float fSpecular = saturate(dot(vReflect, viewVector)); fSpecular = pow(fSpecular, specpower); return fSpecular; } /********************************* * LightingCombine - * inputs - * ambient component * diffuse component * specualr component * output - phong color color *********************************/ float3 LightingCombine(float3 vAmbient, float3 vDiffuse, float fSpecular) { float3 vCombined = vAmbient + vDiffuse + fSpecular.xxx; return vCombined; } //////////////////////////////////////////////// // Vertex Shader - Main Function /////////////////////////////////////////////// PS_INPUT VS(float4 Pos : POSITION, float4 Color : COLOR, float3 Normal : NORMAL) { PS_INPUT psInput; float4 newPosition; newPosition = Pos; newPosition.y = sin((newPosition.x * TimeStep) + (newPosition.z / 3.0f)) * 5.0f; // Pass through both the position and the color psInput.Pos = mul(newPosition , Projection ); psInput.Color = Color; psInput.ViewVector = normalize(camPos - psInput.Pos); return psInput; } /////////////////////////////////////////////// // Pixel Shader /////////////////////////////////////////////// //Anthony!!!!!!!!!!! Find out how color works when multiplying them float4 PS(PS_INPUT psInput) : SV_Target { float3 normal = -normalize(psInput.Normal); float3 vAmbient = CalculateAmbient(psInput.Color, AmbientLightColor); float3 vDiffuse = CalculateDiffuse(psInput.Color, DirectLightColor, normal, DirectLightVector); float fSpecular = CalculateSpecular(psInput.ViewVector, DirectLightVector, normal); float4 outColor; outColor.rgb = LightingCombine(vAmbient, vDiffuse, fSpecular); outColor.a = 1.0f; //Below is where the error begins return outColor; } // Define the technique technique10 Render { pass P0 { SetVertexShader( CompileShader( vs_4_0, VS() ) ); SetGeometryShader( NULL ); SetPixelShader( CompileShader( ps_4_0, PS() ) ); } } Below is some of my c++ code. Reason I am showing this is because it is pretty much what creates the surface normals for my shaders to evaluate. for the lighting for(int z=0; z < NUM_ROWS; ++z) { for(int x = 0; x < NUM_COLS; ++x) { int curVertex = x + (z * NUM_VERTSX); indices[curIndex] = curVertex; indices[curIndex + 1] = curVertex + NUM_VERTSX; indices[curIndex + 2] = curVertex + 1; D3DXVECTOR3 v0 = vertices[indices[curIndex]].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 v1 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 1]].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 v2 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 2]].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 normal; D3DXVECTOR3 cross; D3DXVec3Cross(&cross, &D3DXVECTOR3(v2 - v0),&D3DXVECTOR3(v1 - v0)); D3DXVec3Normalize(&normal, &cross); vertices[indices[curIndex]].normal = normal; vertices[indices[curIndex + 1]].normal = normal; vertices[indices[curIndex + 2]].normal = normal; indices[curIndex + 3] = curVertex + 1; indices[curIndex + 4] = curVertex + NUM_VERTSX; indices[curIndex + 5] = curVertex + NUM_VERTSX + 1; v0 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 3]].pos; v1 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 4]].pos; v2 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 5]].pos; D3DXVec3Cross(&cross, &D3DXVECTOR3(v2 - v0),&D3DXVECTOR3(v1 - v0)); D3DXVec3Normalize(&normal, &cross); vertices[indices[curIndex + 3]].normal = normal; vertices[indices[curIndex + 4]].normal = normal; vertices[indices[curIndex + 5]].normal = normal; curIndex += 6; } } and below is my c++ code, in it's entirety. showing the drawing and also calling on the passes #include "MyGame.h" //#include "CubeVector.h" /* This code sets a projection and shows a turning cube. What has been added is the project, rotation and a rasterizer to change the rasterization of the cube. The issue that was going on was something with the effect file which was causing the vertices not to be rendered correctly.*/ typedef struct { ID3D10Effect* pEffect; ID3D10EffectTechnique* pTechnique; //vertex information ID3D10Buffer* pVertexBuffer; ID3D10Buffer* pIndicesBuffer; ID3D10InputLayout* pVertexLayout; UINT numVertices; UINT numIndices; }ModelObject; ModelObject modelObject; // World Matrix D3DXMATRIX WorldMatrix; // View Matrix D3DXMATRIX ViewMatrix; // Projection Matrix D3DXMATRIX ProjectionMatrix; ID3D10EffectMatrixVariable* pProjectionMatrixVariable = NULL; //grid information #define NUM_COLS 16 #define NUM_ROWS 16 #define CELL_WIDTH 32 #define CELL_HEIGHT 32 #define NUM_VERTSX (NUM_COLS + 1) #define NUM_VERTSY (NUM_ROWS + 1) // timer variables LARGE_INTEGER timeStart; LARGE_INTEGER timeEnd; LARGE_INTEGER timerFreq; double currentTime; float anim_rate; // Variable to hold how long since last frame change float lastElaspedFrame = 0; // How long should the frames last float frameDuration = 0.5; bool MyGame::InitDirect3D() { if(!DX3dApp::InitDirect3D()) { return false; } // Get the timer frequency QueryPerformanceFrequency(&timerFreq); float freqSeconds = 1.0f / timerFreq.QuadPart; lastElaspedFrame = 0; D3D10_RASTERIZER_DESC rastDesc; rastDesc.FillMode = D3D10_FILL_WIREFRAME; rastDesc.CullMode = D3D10_CULL_FRONT; rastDesc.FrontCounterClockwise = true; rastDesc.DepthBias = false; rastDesc.DepthBiasClamp = 0; rastDesc.SlopeScaledDepthBias = 0; rastDesc.DepthClipEnable = false; rastDesc.ScissorEnable = false; rastDesc.MultisampleEnable = false; rastDesc.AntialiasedLineEnable = false; ID3D10RasterizerState *g_pRasterizerState; mpD3DDevice->CreateRasterizerState(&rastDesc, &g_pRasterizerState); mpD3DDevice->RSSetState(g_pRasterizerState); // Set up the World Matrix D3DXMatrixIdentity(&WorldMatrix); D3DXMatrixLookAtLH(&ViewMatrix, new D3DXVECTOR3(200.0f, 60.0f, -20.0f), new D3DXVECTOR3(200.0f, 50.0f, 0.0f), new D3DXVECTOR3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f)); // Set up the projection matrix D3DXMatrixPerspectiveFovLH(&ProjectionMatrix, (float)D3DX_PI * 0.5f, (float)mWidth/(float)mHeight, 0.1f, 100.0f); pTimeVariable = NULL; if(!CreateObject()) { return false; } return true; } //These are actions that take place after the clearing of the buffer and before the present void MyGame::GameDraw() { static float rotationAngle = 0.0f; // create the rotation matrix using the rotation angle D3DXMatrixRotationY(&WorldMatrix, rotationAngle); rotationAngle += (float)D3DX_PI * 0.0f; // Set the input layout mpD3DDevice->IASetInputLayout(modelObject.pVertexLayout); // Set vertex buffer UINT stride = sizeof(VertexPos); UINT offset = 0; mpD3DDevice->IASetVertexBuffers(0, 1, &modelObject.pVertexBuffer, &stride, &offset); mpD3DDevice->IASetIndexBuffer(modelObject.pIndicesBuffer, DXGI_FORMAT_R32_UINT, 0); pTimeVariable->SetFloat((float)currentTime); // Set primitive topology mpD3DDevice->IASetPrimitiveTopology(D3D10_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLELIST); // Combine and send the final matrix to the shader D3DXMATRIX finalMatrix = (WorldMatrix * ViewMatrix * ProjectionMatrix); pProjectionMatrixVariable->SetMatrix((float*)&finalMatrix); // make sure modelObject is valid // Render a model object D3D10_TECHNIQUE_DESC techniqueDescription; modelObject.pTechnique->GetDesc(&techniqueDescription); // Loop through the technique passes for(UINT p=0; p < techniqueDescription.Passes; ++p) { modelObject.pTechnique->GetPassByIndex(p)->Apply(0); // draw the cube using all 36 vertices and 12 triangles mpD3DDevice->DrawIndexed(modelObject.numIndices,0,0); } } //Render actually incapsulates Gamedraw, so you can call data before you actually clear the buffer or after you //present data void MyGame::Render() { // Get the start timer count QueryPerformanceCounter(&timeStart); currentTime += anim_rate; DX3dApp::Render(); QueryPerformanceCounter(&timeEnd); anim_rate = ( (float)timeEnd.QuadPart - (float)timeStart.QuadPart ) / timerFreq.QuadPart; } bool MyGame::CreateObject() { VertexPos vertices[NUM_VERTSX * NUM_VERTSY]; for(int z=0; z < NUM_VERTSY; ++z) { for(int x = 0; x < NUM_VERTSX; ++x) { vertices[x + z * NUM_VERTSX].pos.x = (float)x * CELL_WIDTH; vertices[x + z * NUM_VERTSX].pos.z = (float)z * CELL_HEIGHT; vertices[x + z * NUM_VERTSX].pos.y = (float)(rand() % CELL_HEIGHT); vertices[x + z * NUM_VERTSX].color = D3DXVECTOR4(1.0, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); } } DWORD indices[NUM_VERTSX * NUM_VERTSY * 6]; int curIndex = 0; for(int z=0; z < NUM_ROWS; ++z) { for(int x = 0; x < NUM_COLS; ++x) { int curVertex = x + (z * NUM_VERTSX); indices[curIndex] = curVertex; indices[curIndex + 1] = curVertex + NUM_VERTSX; indices[curIndex + 2] = curVertex + 1; D3DXVECTOR3 v0 = vertices[indices[curIndex]].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 v1 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 1]].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 v2 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 2]].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 normal; D3DXVECTOR3 cross; D3DXVec3Cross(&cross, &D3DXVECTOR3(v2 - v0),&D3DXVECTOR3(v1 - v0)); D3DXVec3Normalize(&normal, &cross); vertices[indices[curIndex]].normal = normal; vertices[indices[curIndex + 1]].normal = normal; vertices[indices[curIndex + 2]].normal = normal; indices[curIndex + 3] = curVertex + 1; indices[curIndex + 4] = curVertex + NUM_VERTSX; indices[curIndex + 5] = curVertex + NUM_VERTSX + 1; v0 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 3]].pos; v1 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 4]].pos; v2 = vertices[indices[curIndex + 5]].pos; D3DXVec3Cross(&cross, &D3DXVECTOR3(v2 - v0),&D3DXVECTOR3(v1 - v0)); D3DXVec3Normalize(&normal, &cross); vertices[indices[curIndex + 3]].normal = normal; vertices[indices[curIndex + 4]].normal = normal; vertices[indices[curIndex + 5]].normal = normal; curIndex += 6; } } //Create Layout D3D10_INPUT_ELEMENT_DESC layout[] = { {"POSITION",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32_FLOAT, 0 , 0, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"COLOR",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_FLOAT, 0 , 12, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"NORMAL",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_FLOAT, 0 , 28, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0} }; UINT numElements = (sizeof(layout)/sizeof(layout[0])); modelObject.numVertices = sizeof(vertices)/sizeof(VertexPos); //Create buffer desc D3D10_BUFFER_DESC bufferDesc; bufferDesc.Usage = D3D10_USAGE_DEFAULT; bufferDesc.ByteWidth = sizeof(VertexPos) * modelObject.numVertices; bufferDesc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_VERTEX_BUFFER; bufferDesc.CPUAccessFlags = 0; bufferDesc.MiscFlags = 0; D3D10_SUBRESOURCE_DATA initData; initData.pSysMem = vertices; //Create the buffer HRESULT hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateBuffer(&bufferDesc, &initData, &modelObject.pVertexBuffer); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; modelObject.numIndices = sizeof(indices)/sizeof(DWORD); bufferDesc.ByteWidth = sizeof(DWORD) * modelObject.numIndices; bufferDesc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_INDEX_BUFFER; initData.pSysMem = indices; hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateBuffer(&bufferDesc, &initData, &modelObject.pIndicesBuffer); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //Set up fx files LPCWSTR effectFilename = L"effect.fx"; modelObject.pEffect = NULL; hr = D3DX10CreateEffectFromFile(effectFilename, NULL, NULL, "fx_4_0", D3D10_SHADER_ENABLE_STRICTNESS, 0, mpD3DDevice, NULL, NULL, &modelObject.pEffect, NULL, NULL); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; pProjectionMatrixVariable = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("Projection")->AsMatrix(); pTimeVariable = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("TimeStep")->AsScalar(); //Dont sweat the technique. Get it! LPCSTR effectTechniqueName = "Render"; modelObject.pTechnique = modelObject.pEffect->GetTechniqueByName(effectTechniqueName); if(modelObject.pTechnique == NULL) return false; //Create Vertex layout D3D10_PASS_DESC passDesc; modelObject.pTechnique->GetPassByIndex(0)->GetDesc(&passDesc); hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateInputLayout(layout, numElements, passDesc.pIAInputSignature, passDesc.IAInputSignatureSize, &modelObject.pVertexLayout); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; return true; }

    Read the article

  • Multiple Components in a JTree Node Renderer & Node Editor

    - by Samad Lotia
    I am attempting to create a JTree where a node has several components: a JPanel that holds a JCheckBox, followed by a JLabel, then a JComboBox. I have attached the code at the bottom if one wishes to run it. Fortunately the JTree correctly renders the components. However when I click on the JComboBox, the node disappears; if I click on the JCheckBox, it works fine. It seems that I am doing something wrong with how the TreeCellEditor is being set up. How could I resolve this issue? Am I going beyond the capabilities of JTree? Here's a quick overview of the code I have posted below. The class EntityListDialog merely creates the user interface. It is not useful to understand it other than the createTree method. Node is the data structure that holds information about each node in the JTree. All Nodes have a name, but samples may be null or an empty array. This should be evident by looking at EntityListDialog's createTree method. The name is used as the text of the JCheckBox. If samples is non-empty, it is used as the contents of the JCheckBox. NodeWithSamplesRenderer renders Nodes whose samples are non-empty. It creates the complicated user interface with the JPanel consisting of the JCheckBox and the JComboBox. NodeWithoutSamplesRenderer creates just a JCheckBox when samples is empty. RendererDispatcher decides whether to use a NodeWithSamplesRenderer or a NodeWithoutSamplesRenderer. This entirely depends on whether Node has a non-empty samples member or not. It essentially functions as a means for the NodeWith*SamplesRenderer to plug into the JTree. Code listing: import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import java.util.*; import javax.swing.*; import javax.swing.tree.*; public class EntityListDialog { final JDialog dialog; final JTree entitiesTree; public EntityListDialog() { dialog = new JDialog((Frame) null, "Test"); entitiesTree = createTree(); JScrollPane entitiesTreeScrollPane = new JScrollPane(entitiesTree); JCheckBox pathwaysCheckBox = new JCheckBox("Do additional searches"); JButton sendButton = new JButton("Send"); JButton cancelButton = new JButton("Cancel"); JButton selectAllButton = new JButton("All"); JButton deselectAllButton = new JButton("None"); dialog.getContentPane().setLayout(new GridBagLayout()); GridBagConstraints c = new GridBagConstraints(); JPanel selectPanel = new JPanel(new FlowLayout(FlowLayout.LEFT)); selectPanel.add(new JLabel("Select: ")); selectPanel.add(selectAllButton); selectPanel.add(deselectAllButton); c.gridx = 0; c.gridy = 0; c.weightx = 1.0; c.weighty = 0.0; c.fill = GridBagConstraints.HORIZONTAL; dialog.getContentPane().add(selectPanel, c); c.gridx = 0; c.gridy = 1; c.weightx = 1.0; c.weighty = 1.0; c.fill = GridBagConstraints.BOTH; c.insets = new Insets(0, 5, 0, 5); dialog.getContentPane().add(entitiesTreeScrollPane, c); c.gridx = 0; c.gridy = 2; c.weightx = 1.0; c.weighty = 0.0; c.insets = new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0); c.fill = GridBagConstraints.HORIZONTAL; dialog.getContentPane().add(pathwaysCheckBox, c); JPanel buttonsPanel = new JPanel(new FlowLayout(FlowLayout.RIGHT)); buttonsPanel.add(sendButton); buttonsPanel.add(cancelButton); c.gridx = 0; c.gridy = 3; c.weightx = 1.0; c.weighty = 0.0; c.fill = GridBagConstraints.HORIZONTAL; dialog.getContentPane().add(buttonsPanel, c); dialog.pack(); dialog.setVisible(true); } public static void main(String[] args) { EntityListDialog dialog = new EntityListDialog(); } private static JTree createTree() { DefaultMutableTreeNode root = new DefaultMutableTreeNode( new Node("All Entities")); root.add(new DefaultMutableTreeNode( new Node("Entity 1", "Sample A", "Sample B", "Sample C"))); root.add(new DefaultMutableTreeNode( new Node("Entity 2", "Sample D", "Sample E", "Sample F"))); root.add(new DefaultMutableTreeNode( new Node("Entity 3", "Sample G", "Sample H", "Sample I"))); JTree tree = new JTree(root); RendererDispatcher rendererDispatcher = new RendererDispatcher(tree); tree.setCellRenderer(rendererDispatcher); tree.setCellEditor(rendererDispatcher); tree.setEditable(true); return tree; } } class Node { final String name; final String[] samples; boolean selected; int selectedSampleIndex; public Node(String name, String... samples) { this.name = name; this.selected = false; this.samples = samples; if (samples == null) { this.selectedSampleIndex = -1; } else { this.selectedSampleIndex = 0; } } public boolean isSelected() { return selected; } public void setSelected(boolean selected) { this.selected = selected; } public String toString() { return name; } public int getSelectedSampleIndex() { return selectedSampleIndex; } public void setSelectedSampleIndex(int selectedSampleIndex) { this.selectedSampleIndex = selectedSampleIndex; } public String[] getSamples() { return samples; } } interface Renderer { public void setForeground(final Color foreground); public void setBackground(final Color background); public void setFont(final Font font); public void setEnabled(final boolean enabled); public Component getComponent(); public Object getContents(); } class NodeWithSamplesRenderer implements Renderer { final DefaultComboBoxModel comboBoxModel = new DefaultComboBoxModel(); final JPanel panel = new JPanel(); final JCheckBox checkBox = new JCheckBox(); final JLabel label = new JLabel(" Samples: "); final JComboBox comboBox = new JComboBox(comboBoxModel); final JComponent components[] = {panel, checkBox, comboBox, label}; public NodeWithSamplesRenderer() { Boolean drawFocus = (Boolean) UIManager.get("Tree.drawsFocusBorderAroundIcon"); if (drawFocus != null) { checkBox.setFocusPainted(drawFocus.booleanValue()); } for (int i = 0; i < components.length; i++) { components[i].setOpaque(true); } panel.add(checkBox); panel.add(label); panel.add(comboBox); } public void setForeground(final Color foreground) { for (int i = 0; i < components.length; i++) { components[i].setForeground(foreground); } } public void setBackground(final Color background) { for (int i = 0; i < components.length; i++) { components[i].setBackground(background); } } public void setFont(final Font font) { for (int i = 0; i < components.length; i++) { components[i].setFont(font); } } public void setEnabled(final boolean enabled) { for (int i = 0; i < components.length; i++) { components[i].setEnabled(enabled); } } public void setContents(Node node) { checkBox.setText(node.toString()); comboBoxModel.removeAllElements(); for (int i = 0; i < node.getSamples().length; i++) { comboBoxModel.addElement(node.getSamples()[i]); } } public Object getContents() { String title = checkBox.getText(); String[] samples = new String[comboBoxModel.getSize()]; for (int i = 0; i < comboBoxModel.getSize(); i++) { samples[i] = comboBoxModel.getElementAt(i).toString(); } Node node = new Node(title, samples); node.setSelected(checkBox.isSelected()); node.setSelectedSampleIndex(comboBoxModel.getIndexOf(comboBoxModel.getSelectedItem())); return node; } public Component getComponent() { return panel; } } class NodeWithoutSamplesRenderer implements Renderer { final JCheckBox checkBox = new JCheckBox(); public NodeWithoutSamplesRenderer() { Boolean drawFocus = (Boolean) UIManager.get("Tree.drawsFocusBorderAroundIcon"); if (drawFocus != null) { checkBox.setFocusPainted(drawFocus.booleanValue()); } } public void setForeground(final Color foreground) { checkBox.setForeground(foreground); } public void setBackground(final Color background) { checkBox.setBackground(background); } public void setFont(final Font font) { checkBox.setFont(font); } public void setEnabled(final boolean enabled) { checkBox.setEnabled(enabled); } public void setContents(Node node) { checkBox.setText(node.toString()); } public Object getContents() { String title = checkBox.getText(); Node node = new Node(title); node.setSelected(checkBox.isSelected()); return node; } public Component getComponent() { return checkBox; } } class NoNodeRenderer implements Renderer { final JLabel label = new JLabel(); public void setForeground(final Color foreground) { label.setForeground(foreground); } public void setBackground(final Color background) { label.setBackground(background); } public void setFont(final Font font) { label.setFont(font); } public void setEnabled(final boolean enabled) { label.setEnabled(enabled); } public void setContents(String text) { label.setText(text); } public Object getContents() { return label.getText(); } public Component getComponent() { return label; } } class RendererDispatcher extends AbstractCellEditor implements TreeCellRenderer, TreeCellEditor { final static Color selectionForeground = UIManager.getColor("Tree.selectionForeground"); final static Color selectionBackground = UIManager.getColor("Tree.selectionBackground"); final static Color textForeground = UIManager.getColor("Tree.textForeground"); final static Color textBackground = UIManager.getColor("Tree.textBackground"); final JTree tree; final NodeWithSamplesRenderer nodeWithSamplesRenderer = new NodeWithSamplesRenderer(); final NodeWithoutSamplesRenderer nodeWithoutSamplesRenderer = new NodeWithoutSamplesRenderer(); final NoNodeRenderer noNodeRenderer = new NoNodeRenderer(); final Renderer[] renderers = { nodeWithSamplesRenderer, nodeWithoutSamplesRenderer, noNodeRenderer }; Renderer renderer = null; public RendererDispatcher(JTree tree) { this.tree = tree; Font font = UIManager.getFont("Tree.font"); if (font != null) { for (int i = 0; i < renderers.length; i++) { renderers[i].setFont(font); } } } public Component getTreeCellRendererComponent(JTree tree, Object value, boolean selected, boolean expanded, boolean leaf, int row, boolean hasFocus) { final Node node = extractNode(value); if (node == null) { renderer = noNodeRenderer; noNodeRenderer.setContents(tree.convertValueToText( value, selected, expanded, leaf, row, false)); } else { if (node.getSamples() == null || node.getSamples().length == 0) { renderer = nodeWithoutSamplesRenderer; nodeWithoutSamplesRenderer.setContents(node); } else { renderer = nodeWithSamplesRenderer; nodeWithSamplesRenderer.setContents(node); } } renderer.setEnabled(tree.isEnabled()); if (selected) { renderer.setForeground(selectionForeground); renderer.setBackground(selectionBackground); } else { renderer.setForeground(textForeground); renderer.setBackground(textBackground); } renderer.getComponent().repaint(); renderer.getComponent().invalidate(); renderer.getComponent().validate(); return renderer.getComponent(); } public Component getTreeCellEditorComponent( JTree tree, Object value, boolean selected, boolean expanded, boolean leaf, int row) { return getTreeCellRendererComponent( tree, value, true, expanded, leaf, row, true); } public Object getCellEditorValue() { return renderer.getContents(); } public boolean isCellEditable(final EventObject event) { if (!(event instanceof MouseEvent)) { return false; } final MouseEvent mouseEvent = (MouseEvent) event; final TreePath path = tree.getPathForLocation( mouseEvent.getX(), mouseEvent.getY()); if (path == null) { return false; } Object node = path.getLastPathComponent(); if (node == null || (!(node instanceof DefaultMutableTreeNode))) { return false; } DefaultMutableTreeNode treeNode = (DefaultMutableTreeNode) node; Object userObject = treeNode.getUserObject(); return (userObject instanceof Node); } private static Node extractNode(Object value) { if ((value != null) && (value instanceof DefaultMutableTreeNode)) { DefaultMutableTreeNode node = (DefaultMutableTreeNode) value; Object userObject = node.getUserObject(); if ((userObject != null) && (userObject instanceof Node)) { return (Node) userObject; } } return null; } }

    Read the article

  • Jdbc - Connect remote Mysql Database error

    - by Guilherme Ruiz
    I'm using JDBC to connect my program to a MySQL database. I already put the port number and yes, my database have permission to access. When i use localhost work perfectly, but when i try connect to a remote MySQL database, show this error on console. java.lang.ExceptionInInitializerError Caused by: java.lang.NumberFormatException: null at java.lang.Integer.parseInt(Integer.java:454) at java.lang.Integer.parseInt(Integer.java:527) at serial.BDArduino.<clinit>(BDArduino.java:25) Exception in thread "main" Java Result: 1 CONSTRUÍDO COM SUCESSO (tempo total: 1 segundo) Thank you in Advance ! MAIN CODE /* * To change this template, choose Tools | Templates * and open the template in the editor. */ package serial; import gnu.io.CommPort; import gnu.io.CommPortIdentifier; import gnu.io.SerialPort; import java.awt.event.ActionEvent; import java.awt.event.ActionListener; import java.io.IOException; import java.io.InputStream; import java.io.OutputStream; import javax.swing.JFrame; import javax.swing.JOptionPane; /** * * @author Ruiz */ public class BDArduino extends JFrame { static boolean connected = false; static int aux_sql8 = Integer.parseInt(Sql.getDBinfo("SELECT * FROM arduinoData WHERE id=1", "pin8")); static int aux_sql2 = Integer.parseInt(Sql.getDBinfo("SELECT * FROM arduinoData WHERE id=1", "pin2")); CommPort commPort = null; SerialPort serialPort = null; InputStream inputStream = null; static OutputStream outputStream = null; String comPortNum = "COM10"; int baudRate = 9600; int[] intArray = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13}; /** * Creates new form ArduinoTest */ public BDArduino() { //super("Arduino Test App"); initComponents(); } class Escrita extends Thread { private int i; public void run() { while (true) { System.out.println("Número :" + i++); } } } //public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e) { // String arg = e.getActionCommand(); public static void writeData(int a) throws IOException { outputStream.write(a); } public void action(String arg) { System.out.println(arg); Object[] msg = {"Baud Rate: ", "9600", "COM Port #: ", "COM10"}; if (arg == "connect") { if (connected == false) { new BDArduino.ConnectionMaker().start(); } else { closeConnection(); } } if (arg == "disconnect") { serialPort.close(); closeConnection(); } if (arg == "p2") { System.out.print("Pin #2\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[0]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p3") { System.out.print("Pin #3\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[1]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p4") { System.out.print("Pin #4\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[2]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p5") { System.out.print("Pin #5\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[3]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p6") { System.out.print("Pin #6\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[4]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p7") { System.out.print("Pin #7\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[5]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p8") { System.out.print("Pin #8\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[6]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p9") { System.out.print("Pin #9\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[7]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p10") { System.out.print("Pin #10\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[8]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p11") { System.out.print("Pin #11\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[9]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p12") { System.out.print("Pin #12\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[10]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } if (arg == "p13") { System.out.print("Pin #12\n"); try { outputStream.write(intArray[11]); }//end try catch (IOException e12) { e12.printStackTrace(); System.exit(-1); }//end catch } } //******************************************************* //Arduino Connection *************************************** //****************************************************** void closeConnection() { try { outputStream.close(); } catch (Exception ex) { ex.printStackTrace(); String cantCloseConnectionMessage = "Can't Close Connection!"; JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, cantCloseConnectionMessage, "ERROR", JOptionPane.ERROR_MESSAGE); } connected = false; System.out.print("\nDesconectado\n"); String disconnectedConnectionMessage = "Desconectado!"; JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, disconnectedConnectionMessage, "Desconectado", JOptionPane.INFORMATION_MESSAGE); }//end closeConnection() void connect() throws Exception { String portName = comPortNum; CommPortIdentifier portIdentifier = CommPortIdentifier.getPortIdentifier(portName); if (portIdentifier.isCurrentlyOwned()) { System.out.println("Error: Port is currently in use"); String portInUseConnectionMessage = "Port is currently in use!\nTry Again Later..."; JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, portInUseConnectionMessage, "ERROR", JOptionPane.ERROR_MESSAGE); } else { commPort = portIdentifier.open(this.getClass().getName(), 2000); if (commPort instanceof SerialPort) { serialPort = (SerialPort) commPort; serialPort.setSerialPortParams(baudRate, SerialPort.DATABITS_8, SerialPort.STOPBITS_1, SerialPort.PARITY_NONE); outputStream = serialPort.getOutputStream(); } else { System.out.println("Error: Only serial ports are handled "); String onlySerialConnectionMessage = "Serial Ports ONLY!"; JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, onlySerialConnectionMessage, "ERROR", JOptionPane.ERROR_MESSAGE); } }//end else //wait some time try { Thread.sleep(300); } catch (InterruptedException ie) { } }//end connect //******************************************************* //*innerclasses****************************************** //******************************************************* public class ConnectionMaker extends Thread { public void run() { //try to make a connection try { connect(); } catch (Exception ex) { ex.printStackTrace(); System.out.print("ERROR: Cannot connect!"); String cantConnectConnectionMessage = "Cannot Connect!\nCheck the connection settings\nand/or your configuration\nand try again!"; JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, cantConnectConnectionMessage, "ERROR", JOptionPane.ERROR_MESSAGE); } //show status serialPort.notifyOnDataAvailable(true); connected = true; //send ack System.out.print("\nConnected\n"); String connectedConnectionMessage = "Conectado!"; JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(null, connectedConnectionMessage, "Conectado", JOptionPane.INFORMATION_MESSAGE); }//end run }//end ConnectionMaker /** * This method is called from within the constructor to initialize the form. * WARNING: Do NOT modify this code. The content of this method is always * regenerated by the Form Editor. */ @SuppressWarnings("unchecked") // <editor-fold defaultstate="collapsed" desc="Generated Code"> private void initComponents() { btnp2 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btncon = new javax.swing.JButton(); btndesc = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp3 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp4 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp5 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp9 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp6 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp7 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp8 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btn13 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp10 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp11 = new javax.swing.JButton(); btnp12 = new javax.swing.JButton(); setDefaultCloseOperation(javax.swing.WindowConstants.EXIT_ON_CLOSE); btnp2.setText("2"); btnp2.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp2MouseClicked(evt); } }); btncon.setText("Conectar"); btncon.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnconMouseClicked(evt); } }); btndesc.setText("Desconectar"); btndesc.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btndescMouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp3.setText("3"); btnp3.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp3MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp4.setText("4"); btnp4.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp4MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp5.setText("5"); btnp5.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp5MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp9.setText("9"); btnp9.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp9MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp6.setText("6"); btnp6.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp6MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp7.setText("7"); btnp7.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp7MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp8.setText("8"); btnp8.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp8MouseClicked(evt); } }); btn13.setText("13"); btn13.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btn13MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp10.setText("10"); btnp10.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp10MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp11.setText("11"); btnp11.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp11MouseClicked(evt); } }); btnp12.setText("12"); btnp12.addMouseListener(new java.awt.event.MouseAdapter() { public void mouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { btnp12MouseClicked(evt); } }); javax.swing.GroupLayout layout = new javax.swing.GroupLayout(getContentPane()); getContentPane().setLayout(layout); layout.setHorizontalGroup( layout.createParallelGroup(javax.swing.GroupLayout.Alignment.LEADING) .addGroup(layout.createSequentialGroup() .addGap(20, 20, 20) .addGroup(layout.createParallelGroup(javax.swing.GroupLayout.Alignment.LEADING, false) .addGroup(layout.createSequentialGroup() .addComponent(btncon) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED, javax.swing.GroupLayout.DEFAULT_SIZE, Short.MAX_VALUE) .addComponent(btndesc)) .addGroup(layout.createSequentialGroup() .addComponent(btnp6, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btnp7, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btnp8, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btnp9, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE)) .addGroup(layout.createSequentialGroup() .addComponent(btnp10, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btnp11, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btnp12, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btn13, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE)) .addGroup(layout.createSequentialGroup() .addComponent(btnp2, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btnp3, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btnp4, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED) .addComponent(btnp5, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE, 50, javax.swing.GroupLayout.PREFERRED_SIZE))) .addContainerGap(20, Short.MAX_VALUE)) ); layout.setVerticalGroup( layout.createParallelGroup(javax.swing.GroupLayout.Alignment.LEADING) .addGroup(layout.createSequentialGroup() .addContainerGap() .addGroup(layout.createParallelGroup(javax.swing.GroupLayout.Alignment.BASELINE) .addComponent(btncon) .addComponent(btndesc)) .addPreferredGap(javax.swing.LayoutStyle.ComponentPlacement.RELATED, 20, Short.MAX_VALUE) .addGroup(layout.createParallelGroup(javax.swing.GroupLayout.Alignment.LEADING) .addComponent(btnp2) .addComponent(btnp3) .addComponent(btnp4) .addComponent(btnp5)) .addGap(18, 18, 18) .addGroup(layout.createParallelGroup(javax.swing.GroupLayout.Alignment.LEADING) .addComponent(btnp6) .addComponent(btnp7) .addComponent(btnp8) .addComponent(btnp9)) .addGap(18, 18, 18) .addGroup(layout.createParallelGroup(javax.swing.GroupLayout.Alignment.LEADING) .addComponent(btnp10) .addComponent(btnp11) .addComponent(btnp12) .addComponent(btn13)) .addGap(22, 22, 22)) ); pack(); }// </editor-fold> private void btnp2MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p2"); } private void btnconMouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("connect"); } private void btndescMouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("disconnect"); } private void btnp3MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p3"); } private void btnp4MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p4"); } private void btnp5MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here action("p5"); } private void btnp9MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p9"); } private void btnp6MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p6"); } private void btnp7MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p7"); } private void btnp8MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p8"); } private void btn13MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p13"); } private void btnp10MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p10"); } private void btnp11MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p11"); } private void btnp12MouseClicked(java.awt.event.MouseEvent evt) { // TODO add your handling code here: action("p12"); } /** * @param args the command line arguments */ public static void main(String args[]) throws IOException { /* Set the Nimbus look and feel */ //<editor-fold defaultstate="collapsed" desc=" Look and feel setting code (optional) "> /* If Nimbus (introduced in Java SE 6) is not available, stay with the default look and feel. * For details see http://download.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/uiswing/lookandfeel/plaf.html */ try { for (javax.swing.UIManager.LookAndFeelInfo info : javax.swing.UIManager.getInstalledLookAndFeels()) { if ("Nimbus".equals(info.getName())) { javax.swing.UIManager.setLookAndFeel(info.getClassName()); break; } } } catch (Exception e) { } //</editor-fold> /* Create and display the form */ java.awt.EventQueue.invokeLater(new Runnable() { public void run() { new BDArduino().setVisible(true); } }); //} while (true) { // int sql8 = Integer.parseInt(Sql.getDBinfo("SELECT * FROM arduinoData WHERE id=1", "pin8")); if (connected == true && sql8 != aux_sql8) { aux_sql8 = sql8; if(sql8 == 1){ writeData(2); }else{ writeData(3); } } int sql2 = Integer.parseInt(Sql.getDBinfo("SELECT * FROM arduinoData WHERE id=1", "pin2")); if (connected == true && sql2 != aux_sql2) { aux_sql2 = sql2; if(sql2 == 1){ writeData(4); }else{ writeData(5); } } try { Thread.sleep(500); } catch (InterruptedException e) { e.printStackTrace(); } } } // Variables declaration - do not modify private javax.swing.JButton btn13; private javax.swing.JButton btncon; private javax.swing.JButton btndesc; private javax.swing.JButton btnp10; private javax.swing.JButton btnp11; private javax.swing.JButton btnp12; private javax.swing.JButton btnp2; private javax.swing.JButton btnp3; private javax.swing.JButton btnp4; private javax.swing.JButton btnp5; private javax.swing.JButton btnp6; private javax.swing.JButton btnp7; private javax.swing.JButton btnp8; private javax.swing.JButton btnp9; // End of variables declaration }

    Read the article

  • racket scheme get-argb-pixels

    - by Giles Roberts
    I have a 32 by 32 pixel png file. I'm trying to read the values within it using get-argb-pixels. My code is as follows: #lang racket/gui (require racket/gui/base) (define floor (make-object bitmap% "C:\\floortile.png")) (define pixels (make-bytes (* 32 32 4))) (send floor get-argb-pixels 0 0 32 32 pixels) After executing the code I was expecting a series of 8 bit values to be contained within pixels. Examining pixels gives me the following output: > pixels #"\377\2148\30\377\214<\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\234E\30\377\234A\30\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377\234A\30\377\245E\30\377\255M\30\377\224A\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\224A\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\255I\30\377\245I\30\377\245E\30\377\234A\30\377\234E\30\377\234A\30\377\245I\30\377\265Q\30\377\306]\30\377\306Y\30\377\275U\30\377\265Q\30\377\306a!\377\306]!\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\245I\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377\234A\30\377\245E\30\377\265M\30\377\234A\30\377\245I\30\377\245E\30\377\245E\30\377\255M\30\377\245I\30\377\245E\30\377\234A\30\377\234E\30\377\255I\30\377\275U\30\377\306]\30\377\326e!\377\336e!\377\265Q\30\377\326e!\377\326a!\377{8\30\377\224E\30\377\224A\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\255I\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\265Q\30\377\214<\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377\265M\30\377\255M\30\377\265M\30\377\265M\30\377\245I\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\245E\30\377\275Q\30\377\306]!\377\316a!\377\336i!\377\357q!\377\275Y\30\377\316e!\377\347i!\377k0\20\377\2048\30\377\224A\30\377\265U!\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\245M\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\255I\30\377\255M\30\377\265M\30\377\2048\20\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\306Y!\377\265Q\30\377\255M\30\377\265Q\30\377\265M\30\377\265M\30\377\255I\30\377\265Q\30\377\265M\30\377\275U\30\377\316a!\377\326i!\377\347m!\377\367\216)\377\347y)\377\336m)\377\326]!\377s0\20\377{8\30\377{4\20\377\2048\30\377s4\20\377\2048\30\377{4\20\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\234A\30\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377\214<\30\377\2148\30\377\224<\30\377\234A\30\377\214<\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\265Q\30\377\255M\30\377\265U\30\377\306Y\30\377\265Q\30\377\275U\30\377\326a!\377\336i!\377\347u!\377\357\206)\377\326q)\377\326i)\377\347i!\377s0\20\377{4\20\377{4\30\377\214<\30\377s4\20\377\2048\30\377s4\20\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377\224<\30\377\234A\30\377\245E\30\377\234E\30\377\234I\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\265Q\30\377\306]\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\275U\30\377\255M\30\377\275U\30\377\316a!\377\306]!\377\326i!\377\367\206)\377\377})\377s4\30\377k,\20\377k,\20\377s4\30\377{4\20\377\2048\30\377c(\20\377\2048\20\377\234A\30\377\245E\30\377\245E\30\377\255I\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\265Q\30\377\275U!\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\275U\30\377\306]!\377\275U\30\377\255M\30\377\306Y!\377\306]!\377\316e!\377\316a!\377\326i!\377\347y)\377\367y)\377c(\20\377c,\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377s4\20\377\2048\30\377\214<\30\377{4\20\377\214<\30\377\234E\30\377\234A\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\265Q\30\377\265M\30\377\265Q\30\377\265Q\30\377\255M\30\377\265U\30\377\255M\30\377\265Q\30\377\265U\30\377\265U\30\377\265Q\30\377\306Y\30\377\316a!\377\306a!\377\326i!\377\347y)\377\367\202)\377c,\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377s0\20\377{8\30\377\214<\30\377s,\20\377s0\20\377\214<\30\377\234A\30\377\245E\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377\275U\30\377\265U\30\377\265Q\30\377\265Q\30\377\275Y\30\377\255M\30\377\255I\30\377\275U\30\377\275Y!\377\275Y\30\377\265U\30\377\306Y!\377\326e!\377\336m!\377\336q!\377\347})\377\357\202)\377s0\20\377s4\30\377s4\30\377\2048\30\377\234E\30\377\2048\20\377\2148\30\377c(\20\377\2048\30\377\214<\30\377\234E\30\377\265Q\30\377\265Q\30\377\255M\30\377\265M\30\377\316a!\377\275U\30\377\275Y\30\377\265Q\30\377\265Q\30\377\265Q\30\377\265Q\30\377\255M\30\377\275Y\30\377\275Y!\377\275Y\30\377\275U\30\377\316a!\377\347q)\377\367\202)\377\357})\377\347y)\377k0\20\377\2048\30\377{4\30\377\2048\30\377\214A\30\377\2048\30\377\2044\30\377s4\20\377k,\20\377\2048\30\377\224A\30\377\245I\30\377\234A\30\377\234E\30\377\255Q\30\377\275U\30\377\306Y!\377\265Q\30\377\255Q\30\377\265U\30\377\265U\30\377\265Q\30\377\265Q\30\377\316e!\377\316a!\377\306]!\377\275Y!\377\306]!\377\336i!\377\357})\377\367\202)\377\336u)\377k0\20\377s0\30\377\2048\30\377\204<\30\377\204<\30\377\2048\30\377\2048\30\377\214<\30\377s4\20\377\2048\30\377\214A\30\377\224A\30\377\224E\30\377\234E\30\377\265Q\30\377\275U\30\377\306Y\30\377\255M\30\377\265Q\30\377\265Q\30\377\316]!\377\326e!\377\316]!\377\336m)\377\336i)\377\316e!\377\306a!\377\326e!\377\367y)\377\367})\377\367\2061\377\367\2061\377s4\30\377{8\30\377{8\30\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\204<\30\377{4\20\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\224E\30\377\234E\30\377\245M\30\377\275U\30\377\275U!\377\275U\30\377\306]!\377\306]!\377\316a!\377\326i)\377\347u)\377\326e!\377\347q)\377\336q)\377\326i)\377\326i)\377\347q)\377\367\202)\377\367})\377\367\2061\377{8\30\377s4\30\377{8\30\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\234E\30\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\224<\30\377\234E\30\377\255M\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377\265U\30\377\306]!\377\306]!\377\316a!\377\316e!\377\326e!\377\347m)\377\316e!\377\306]!\377\347u)\377\347u)\377\336m)\377\316e)\377\336q)\377\357y)\377\367\202)\377\367\2021\377{4\30\377s4\30\377\2048\30\377\214A\30\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377\224E\30\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\245I\30\377\234A\30\377\255M\30\377\255M\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377\255Q\30\377\306]!\377\306]!\377\316a!\377\316a!\377\316a!\377\347u)\377\326e!\377\275Y!\377\265Y!\377\336m)\377\306a)\377\336m)\377\336m)\377\326e)\377\347q)\377\336q)\377s0\30\377s0\30\377\204<\30\377\224A\30\377\224E\30\377\234I\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\255M\30\377\234E\30\377{4\30\377\224<\30\377\245M\30\377\255I\30\377\234A\30\377\255M\30\377\245E\30\377\255M\30\377\265Q\30\377\245I\30\377\275U\30\377\255I\30\377\234A\30\377\224E\30\377\265U\30\377\234I\30\377\224E\30\377\245M\30\377\234M!\377\224A\30\377\234I\30\377\224E\30\377k0\20\377s0\20\377{4\30\377\214<\30\377\224E\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\234I\30\377\245I\30\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\255M\30\377\265Q!\377\265Q!\377\255M\30\377\306]!\377\316a)\377\326e)\377\326a!\377\316]!\377\265Q\30\377\326a!\377\255M\30\377\204<\20\377\245M\30\377\234I\30\377\245M\30\377\275]!\377\234I\30\377\255U!\377\265Y!\377\245M!\377c(\20\377k,\20\377k0\20\377\2048\30\377\224A\30\377\224E\30\377\234I\30\377\245I\30\377\275Y!\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\265U!\377\265Q!\377\265Q!\377\306]!\377\306]!\377\316a!\377\316a!\377\336e)\377\326a!\377\316]!\377\265Q\30\377\224A\30\377\234I\30\377\275]!\377\265Y!\377\275Y!\377\275Y!\377\265U!\377\265])\377\275])\377s4\30\377c(\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377\214A\30\377\224E\30\377\234E\30\377\306]!\377\234I\30\377\224A\30\377\265U!\377\245I\30\377\265Q!\377\265Q!\377\265M!\377\255M\30\377\306]!\377\306Y!\377\306]!\377\306]!\377\326a)\377\336i)\377\275U!\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377\306a!\377\275]!\377\275Y!\377\275]!\377\275])\377\275Y!\377\275Y!\377s0\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377\2048\30\377\214<\30\377\224E\30\377\234E\30\377\245M\30\377\224A\30\377\214A\30\377\245M\30\377\265Q!\377\275U!\377\255I\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\275U!\377\306Y!\377\275Y!\377\306]!\377\306]!\377\265Q\30\377\255M\30\377\224A\30\377\204<\30\377\255Q\30\377\245M\30\377\255Q!\377\265Y!\377\275]!\377\265Y!\377\275Y!\377s0\20\377k0\20\377{0\20\377\2048\30\377\204<\30\377\204<\30\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\316a!\377\245I\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\265U!\377\265Q!\377\265Q!\377\255M!\377\275U!\377\275U!\377\275U!\377\275Q!\377\255I\30\377\255M\30\377\255Q\30\377\234E\30\377{4\30\377\224A\30\377\214<\30\377\275Y!\377\275Y!\377\275]!\377\255Q!\377\255Q!\377k,\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377\2044\30\377{4\20\377{4\30\377\2048\30\377\245M\30\377\265U!\377\245I\30\377\214A\30\377\275Y!\377\234A\30\377\255M\30\377\265Q!\377\245M!\377\265U!\377\275Q!\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\245M\30\377\265Q!\377\255Q!\377\255M\30\377\214<\30\377\245I\30\377\255Q!\377\306]!\377\306]!\377\275U!\377\265U!\377\255Q!\377c(\20\377Z(\20\377c(\20\377k,\20\377{8\30\377{4\30\377\214<\30\377\214A\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\245M\30\377\214<\30\377s0\30\377\255M!\377\255I!\377\255M!\377\255M!\377\265Q!\377\265Q!\377\255M!\377\265Q\30\377\245I\30\377\255I\30\377\306Y!\377\275Y!\377\214A\30\377\255Q\30\377\275]!\377\306])\377\306]!\377\255U!\377\255Q!\377k0\30\377k0\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377s0\20\377s4\30\377{4\30\377\214<\30\377\245I\30\377\224A\30\377\306Y!\377\234A\30\377s0\20\377\245I\30\377\255M!\377\255M!\377\255M!\377\255M!\377\255Q!\377\265M!\377\316]!\377\245E\30\377\316]!\377\306Y!\377\275U!\377{8\30\377\255Q!\377\265Y!\377\275]!\377\275Y!\377\275Y!\377\255Q!\377k0\20\377c,\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377{4\30\377s0\20\377{4\30\377{4\30\377\2048\30\377\245I\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377k,\20\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\245M\30\377\214<\30\377\224E\30\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\245I\30\377\234E\30\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377k,\20\377\224A\30\377\265Q!\377\265Y!\377\265U!\377\265Y!\377\275Y!\377c(\20\377c,\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377k,\20\377k0\20\377\2048\30\377\234A\30\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377k0\20\377{4\20\377\214<\30\377\214A\30\377\214<\30\377\204<\30\377\2048\30\377\234I\30\377\224A\30\377\214<\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\255M\30\377\224A\30\377{8\30\377\255Q!\377\265U!\377\255U!\377\255U!\377\265U!\377c(\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377s0\20\377{4\20\377\2048\30\377\2048\30\377\2048\30\377\224A\30\377\245M\30\377\245E\30\377\234E\30\377{4\20\377Z(\20\377k0\30\377{8\30\377\2048\30\377\214A\30\377\224A\30\377\234I\30\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\255M\30\377{8\30\377\214A\30\377\255U!\377\255U!\377\245Q!\377\265U!\377c,\20\377c(\20\377k,\20\377Z$\20\377Z$\20\377Z(\20\377c(\20\377k,\20\377k,\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377c,\20\377k0\20\377R \20\377c,\20\377s4\30\377{4\30\377\204<\30\377\2048\30\377\214A\30\377\224A\30\377\224A\30\377\234I\30\377\234I\30\377\224A\30\377\245I\30\377\224E\30\377\2048\30\377\255U!\377\255Q!\377\265U!\377\265Y)\377J \20\377J\34\20\377Z(\20\377k,\20\377k(\20\377c(\20\377R \20\377c(\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377k0\20\377k0\20\377c,\20\377Z(\20\377c,\20\377s4\20\377s4\20\377\2048\30\377\2048\20\377\2048\30\377\224A\30\377\214A\30\377\234I\30\377\245I\30\377\234I\30\377\245M!\377\245M\30\377\204<\30\377\234M!\377\245Q!\377\265U!\377\255U!\377c,\20\377c,\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377k,\20\377k,\20\377k,\20\377k0\20\377s4\20\377s0\30\377\204<\30\377c(\20\377s4\20\377s4\30\377{4\20\377{4\30\377\204<\30\377\224A\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\245I\30\377\245I\30\377\224E\30\377\204<\30\377\245Q!\377\255Q!\377\347\327\326\377R$\20\377k,\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377Z$\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377k,\20\377k,\20\377k,\20\377s0\20\377{4\30\377\204<\30\377k,\20\377s4\20\377s4\20\377{8\30\377\2048\20\377\214<\30\377\214<\30\377\214A\30\377\234E\30\377\234E\30\377\224A\30\377\224E\30\377\224E\30\377s4\30\377\214A\30\377\265\206s\377\377\377\377\377c,\20\377k,\30\377k0\20\377k,\20\377c(\20\377Z$\20\377Z(\20\377Z$\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377c(\20\377k,\20\377k0\20\377{4\30\377{8\30\377k,\20\377c,\20\377k0\20\377s0\20\377{8\30\377\2048\30\377\2048\30\377\214<\30\377\224A\30\377\224E\30\377\214<\30\377\214A\30\377\234I\30\377{8!\377\214M1\377\377\373\377\377\377\377\377" This doesn't look like a series of 8 bit values to me. Have I done something wrong or am I misinterpreting the results?

    Read the article

  • Find out CRC or CHECKSUM of RS232 data

    - by Carlos Alloatti
    I need to communicate with a RS232 device, I have no specs or information available. I send a 16 byte command and get a 16 byte result back. The last byte looks like some kind of crc or checksum, I have tried using this http://miscel.dk/MiscEl/miscelCRCandChecksum.html with no luck. Anyone can reverse engineer the crc/checksum algorithm? here is some data captured with an RS-232 monitor program: 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 B3 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 51 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 0F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 04 8C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 D2 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 30 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 6E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 2F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 71 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0A 93 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0B CD 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0C 4E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0D 10 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0E F2 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0F AC 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 70 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 2E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 CC 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 13 92 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 11 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 4F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 16 AD 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 17 F3 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 18 B2 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 19 EC 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1A 0E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1B 50 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1C D3 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1D 8D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1E 6F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1F 31 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 CE 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 21 90 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 22 72 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 2C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 24 AF 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 25 F1 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 13 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 4D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 28 0C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 29 52 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2A B0 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2B EE 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2C 6D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2D 33 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2E D1 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2F 8F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 53 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 0D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 EF 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 33 B1 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 34 32 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 35 6C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 36 8E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 37 D0 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 38 91 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 39 CF 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3A 2D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3B 73 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3C F0 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3D AE 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3E 4C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3F 12 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 40 AB 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 41 F5 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 42 17 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 43 49 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 44 CA 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 45 94 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 46 76 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 47 28 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 48 69 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 49 37 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4A D5 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4B 8B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4C 08 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4D 56 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4E B4 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4F EA 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 36 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 51 68 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 52 8A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 53 D4 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 54 57 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 55 09 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 56 EB 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 57 B5 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 58 F4 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 59 AA 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 5A 48 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 5B 16 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 5C 95 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 5D CB 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 5E 29 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 5F 77 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 60 88 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 61 D6 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 62 34 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 63 6A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 64 E9 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 65 B7 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 66 55 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 67 0B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 68 4A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 69 14 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6A F6 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6B A8 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6C 2B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6D 75 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6E 97 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6F C9 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 70 15 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 71 4B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 72 A9 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 73 F7 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 74 74 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 75 2A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 76 C8 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 77 96 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 78 D7 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 79 89 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7A 6B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7B 35 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7C B6 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7D E8 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7E 0A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7F 54 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 80 61 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 81 3F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 82 DD 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 83 83 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 84 00 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 85 5E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 86 BC 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 87 E2 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 88 A3 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 89 FD 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 8A 1F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 8B 41 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 8C C2 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 8D 9C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 8E 7E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 8F 20 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 90 FC 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 91 A2 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 92 40 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 93 1E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 94 9D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 95 C3 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 96 21 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 97 7F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 98 3E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 99 60 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 9A 82 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 9B DC 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 9C 5F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 9D 01 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 9E E3 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 9F BD 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A0 42 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A1 1C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A2 FE 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A3 A0 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A4 23 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A5 7D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A6 9F 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A7 C1 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A8 80 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A9 DE 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AA 3C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AB 62 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AC E1 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AD BF 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AE 5D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AF 03 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B0 DF 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B1 81 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B2 63 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B3 3D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B4 BE 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B5 E0 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B6 02 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B7 5C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B8 1D 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 B9 43 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BA A1 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BB FF 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BC 7C 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BD 22 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BE C0 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BF 9E 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C0 27 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C1 79 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C2 9B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C3 C5 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C4 46 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C5 18 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C6 FA 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C7 A4 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C8 E5 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C9 BB 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CA 59 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CB 07 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CC 84 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CD DA 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CE 38 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CF 66 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D0 BA 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D1 E4 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D2 06 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D3 58 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D4 DB 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D5 85 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D6 67 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D7 39 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D8 78 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 D9 26 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DA C4 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DB 9A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DC 19 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DD 47 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DE A5 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 DF FB 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E0 04 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E1 5A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E2 B8 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E3 E6 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E4 65 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E5 3B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E6 D9 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E7 87 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E8 C6 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E9 98 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 EA 7A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 EB 24 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 EC A7 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ED F9 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 EE 1B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 EF 45 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F0 99 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F1 C7 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F2 25 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F3 7B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F4 F8 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F5 A6 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F6 44 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F7 1A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F8 5B 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 F9 05 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FA E7 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FB B9 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FC 3A 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FD 64 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FE 86 01 80 42 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FF D8 The second to last byte seems to be a sequential number that starts over at 00 when it reaches FF. I have included the whole range from 00 to FF to make it easier to guess the crc/checksum method.

    Read the article

  • Using a mounted NTFS share with nginx

    - by Hoff
    I have set up a local testing VM with Ubuntu Server 12.04 LTS and the LEMP stack. It's kind of an unconventional setup because instead of having all my PHP scripts on the local machine, I've mounted an NTFS share as the document root because I do my development on Windows. I had everything working perfectly up until this morning, now I keep getting a dreaded 'File not found.' error. I am almost certain this must be somehow permission related, because if I copy my site over to /var/www, nginx and php-fpm have no problems serving my PHP scripts. What I can't figure out is why all of a sudden (after a reboot of the server), no PHP files will be served but instead just the 'File not found.' error. Static files work fine, so I think it's PHP that is causing the headache. Both nginx and php-fpm are configured to run as the user www-data: root@ubuntu-server:~# ps aux | grep 'nginx\|php-fpm' root 1095 0.0 0.0 5816 792 ? Ss 11:11 0:00 nginx: master process /opt/nginx/sbin/nginx -c /etc/nginx/nginx.conf www-data 1096 0.0 0.1 6016 1172 ? S 11:11 0:00 nginx: worker process www-data 1098 0.0 0.1 6016 1172 ? S 11:11 0:00 nginx: worker process root 1130 0.0 0.4 175560 4212 ? Ss 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: master process (/etc/php5/php-fpm.conf) www-data 1131 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www www-data 1132 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www www-data 1133 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www root 1686 0.0 0.0 4368 816 pts/1 S+ 11:11 0:00 grep --color=auto nginx\|php-fpm I have mounted the NTFS share at /mnt/webfiles by editing /etc/fstab and adding the following line: //192.168.0.199/c$/Websites/ /mnt/webfiles cifs username=Jordan,password=mypasswordhere,gid=33,uid=33 0 0 Where gid 33 is the www-data group and uid 33 is the user www-data. If I list the contents of one of my sites you can in fact see that they belong to the user www-data: root@ubuntu-server:~# ls -l /mnt/webfiles/nTv5-2.0 total 8 drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 6 19:12 app drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Aug 22 19:00 assets -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 1150 Jan 4 2012 favicon.ico -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 1412 Dec 28 2011 index.php drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 3 16:44 lib drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jan 3 2012 plugins drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 3 16:45 vendors If I switch to the www-data user, I have no problem creating a new file on the share: root@ubuntu-server:~# su www-data $ > /mnt/webfiles/test.txt $ ls -l /mnt/webfiles | grep test\.txt -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Sep 8 11:19 test.txt There should be no problem reading or writing to the share with php-fpm running as the user www-data. When I examine the error log of nginx, it's filled with a bunch of lines that look like the following: 2012/09/08 11:22:36 [error] 1096#0: *1 FastCGI sent in stderr: "Primary script unknown" while reading response header from upstream, client: 192.168.0.199, server: , request: "GET / HTTP/1.1", upstream: "fastcgi://unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock:", host: "192.168.0.123" 2012/09/08 11:22:39 [error] 1096#0: *1 FastCGI sent in stderr: "Primary script unknown" while reading response header from upstream, client: 192.168.0.199, server: , request: "GET /apc.php HTTP/1.1", upstream: "fastcgi://unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock:", host: "192.168.0.123" It's bizarre that this was working previously and now all of sudden PHP is complaining that it can't "find" the scripts on the share. Does anybody know why this is happening? EDIT I tried editing php-fpm.conf and changing chdir to the following: chdir = /mnt/webfiles When I try and restart the php-fpm service, I get the error: Starting php-fpm [08-Sep-2012 14:20:55] ERROR: [pool www] the chdir path '/mnt/webfiles' does not exist or is not a directory This is a total load of bullshit because this directory DOES exist and is mounted! Any ls commands to list that directory work perfectly. Why the hell can't PHP-FPM see this directory?! Here are my configuration files for reference: nginx.conf user www-data; worker_processes 2; error_log /var/log/nginx/nginx.log info; pid /var/run/nginx.pid; events { worker_connections 1024; multi_accept on; } http { include fastcgi.conf; include mime.types; default_type application/octet-stream; set_real_ip_from 127.0.0.1; real_ip_header X-Forwarded-For; ## Proxy proxy_redirect off; proxy_set_header Host $host; proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for; client_max_body_size 32m; client_body_buffer_size 128k; proxy_connect_timeout 90; proxy_send_timeout 90; proxy_read_timeout 90; proxy_buffers 32 4k; ## Compression gzip on; gzip_types text/plain text/css application/x-javascript text/xml application/xml application/xml+rss text/javascript; gzip_disable "MSIE [1-6]\.(?!.*SV1)"; ### TCP options tcp_nodelay on; tcp_nopush on; keepalive_timeout 65; sendfile on; include /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/*; } my site config server { listen 80; access_log /var/log/nginx/$host.access.log; error_log /var/log/nginx/error.log; root /mnt/webfiles/nTv5-2.0/app/webroot; index index.php; ## Block bad bots if ($http_user_agent ~* (HTTrack|HTMLParser|libcurl|discobot|Exabot|Casper|kmccrew|plaNETWORK|RPT-HTTPClient)) { return 444; } ## Block certain Referers (case insensitive) if ($http_referer ~* (sex|vigra|viagra) ) { return 444; } ## Deny dot files: location ~ /\. { deny all; } ## Favicon Not Found location = /favicon.ico { access_log off; log_not_found off; } ## Robots.txt Not Found location = /robots.txt { access_log off; log_not_found off; } if (-f $document_root/maintenance.html) { rewrite ^(.*)$ /maintenance.html last; } location ~* \.(?:ico|css|js|gif|jpe?g|png)$ { # Some basic cache-control for static files to be sent to the browser expires max; add_header Pragma public; add_header Cache-Control "max-age=2678400, public, must-revalidate"; } location / { try_files $uri $uri/ index.php; if (-f $request_filename) { break; } rewrite ^(.+)$ /index.php?url=$1 last; } location ~ \.php$ { include /etc/nginx/fastcgi.conf; fastcgi_pass unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock; } } php-fpm.conf ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; FPM Configuration ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; All relative paths in this configuration file are relative to PHP's install ; prefix (/opt/php5). This prefix can be dynamicaly changed by using the ; '-p' argument from the command line. ; Include one or more files. If glob(3) exists, it is used to include a bunch of ; files from a glob(3) pattern. This directive can be used everywhere in the ; file. ; Relative path can also be used. They will be prefixed by: ; - the global prefix if it's been set (-p arguement) ; - /opt/php5 otherwise ;include=etc/fpm.d/*.conf ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Global Options ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; [global] ; Pid file ; Note: the default prefix is /opt/php5/var ; Default Value: none pid = /var/run/php-fpm.pid ; Error log file ; Note: the default prefix is /opt/php5/var ; Default Value: log/php-fpm.log error_log = /var/log/php5-fpm/php-fpm.log ; Log level ; Possible Values: alert, error, warning, notice, debug ; Default Value: notice ;log_level = notice ; If this number of child processes exit with SIGSEGV or SIGBUS within the time ; interval set by emergency_restart_interval then FPM will restart. A value ; of '0' means 'Off'. ; Default Value: 0 ;emergency_restart_threshold = 0 ; Interval of time used by emergency_restart_interval to determine when ; a graceful restart will be initiated. This can be useful to work around ; accidental corruptions in an accelerator's shared memory. ; Available Units: s(econds), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Unit: seconds ; Default Value: 0 ;emergency_restart_interval = 0 ; Time limit for child processes to wait for a reaction on signals from master. ; Available units: s(econds), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Unit: seconds ; Default Value: 0 ;process_control_timeout = 0 ; Send FPM to background. Set to 'no' to keep FPM in foreground for debugging. ; Default Value: yes ;daemonize = yes ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Pool Definitions ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Multiple pools of child processes may be started with different listening ; ports and different management options. The name of the pool will be ; used in logs and stats. There is no limitation on the number of pools which ; FPM can handle. Your system will tell you anyway :) ; Start a new pool named 'www'. ; the variable $pool can we used in any directive and will be replaced by the ; pool name ('www' here) [www] ; Per pool prefix ; It only applies on the following directives: ; - 'slowlog' ; - 'listen' (unixsocket) ; - 'chroot' ; - 'chdir' ; - 'php_values' ; - 'php_admin_values' ; When not set, the global prefix (or /opt/php5) applies instead. ; Note: This directive can also be relative to the global prefix. ; Default Value: none ;prefix = /path/to/pools/$pool ; The address on which to accept FastCGI requests. ; Valid syntaxes are: ; 'ip.add.re.ss:port' - to listen on a TCP socket to a specific address on ; a specific port; ; 'port' - to listen on a TCP socket to all addresses on a ; specific port; ; '/path/to/unix/socket' - to listen on a unix socket. ; Note: This value is mandatory. ;listen = 127.0.0.1:9000 listen = /var/run/php5-fpm.sock ; Set listen(2) backlog. A value of '-1' means unlimited. ; Default Value: 128 (-1 on FreeBSD and OpenBSD) ;listen.backlog = -1 ; List of ipv4 addresses of FastCGI clients which are allowed to connect. ; Equivalent to the FCGI_WEB_SERVER_ADDRS environment variable in the original ; PHP FCGI (5.2.2+). Makes sense only with a tcp listening socket. Each address ; must be separated by a comma. If this value is left blank, connections will be ; accepted from any ip address. ; Default Value: any ;listen.allowed_clients = 127.0.0.1 ; Set permissions for unix socket, if one is used. In Linux, read/write ; permissions must be set in order to allow connections from a web server. Many ; BSD-derived systems allow connections regardless of permissions. ; Default Values: user and group are set as the running user ; mode is set to 0666 ;listen.owner = www-data ;listen.group = www-data ;listen.mode = 0666 ; Unix user/group of processes ; Note: The user is mandatory. If the group is not set, the default user's group ; will be used. user = www-data group = www-data ; Choose how the process manager will control the number of child processes. ; Possible Values: ; static - a fixed number (pm.max_children) of child processes; ; dynamic - the number of child processes are set dynamically based on the ; following directives: ; pm.max_children - the maximum number of children that can ; be alive at the same time. ; pm.start_servers - the number of children created on startup. ; pm.min_spare_servers - the minimum number of children in 'idle' ; state (waiting to process). If the number ; of 'idle' processes is less than this ; number then some children will be created. ; pm.max_spare_servers - the maximum number of children in 'idle' ; state (waiting to process). If the number ; of 'idle' processes is greater than this ; number then some children will be killed. ; Note: This value is mandatory. pm = dynamic ; The number of child processes to be created when pm is set to 'static' and the ; maximum number of child processes to be created when pm is set to 'dynamic'. ; This value sets the limit on the number of simultaneous requests that will be ; served. Equivalent to the ApacheMaxClients directive with mpm_prefork. ; Equivalent to the PHP_FCGI_CHILDREN environment variable in the original PHP ; CGI. ; Note: Used when pm is set to either 'static' or 'dynamic' ; Note: This value is mandatory. pm.max_children = 50 ; The number of child processes created on startup. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Default Value: min_spare_servers + (max_spare_servers - min_spare_servers) / 2 pm.start_servers = 20 ; The desired minimum number of idle server processes. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Note: Mandatory when pm is set to 'dynamic' pm.min_spare_servers = 5 ; The desired maximum number of idle server processes. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Note: Mandatory when pm is set to 'dynamic' pm.max_spare_servers = 35 ; The number of requests each child process should execute before respawning. ; This can be useful to work around memory leaks in 3rd party libraries. For ; endless request processing specify '0'. Equivalent to PHP_FCGI_MAX_REQUESTS. ; Default Value: 0 pm.max_requests = 500 ; The URI to view the FPM status page. If this value is not set, no URI will be ; recognized as a status page. By default, the status page shows the following ; information: ; accepted conn - the number of request accepted by the pool; ; pool - the name of the pool; ; process manager - static or dynamic; ; idle processes - the number of idle processes; ; active processes - the number of active processes; ; total processes - the number of idle + active processes. ; max children reached - number of times, the process limit has been reached, ; when pm tries to start more children (works only for ; pm 'dynamic') ; The values of 'idle processes', 'active processes' and 'total processes' are ; updated each second. The value of 'accepted conn' is updated in real time. ; Example output: ; accepted conn: 12073 ; pool: www ; process manager: static ; idle processes: 35 ; active processes: 65 ; total processes: 100 ; max children reached: 1 ; By default the status page output is formatted as text/plain. Passing either ; 'html' or 'json' as a query string will return the corresponding output ; syntax. Example: ; http://www.foo.bar/status ; http://www.foo.bar/status?json ; http://www.foo.bar/status?html ; Note: The value must start with a leading slash (/). The value can be ; anything, but it may not be a good idea to use the .php extension or it ; may conflict with a real PHP file. ; Default Value: not set pm.status_path = /status ; The ping URI to call the monitoring page of FPM. If this value is not set, no ; URI will be recognized as a ping page. This could be used to test from outside ; that FPM is alive and responding, or to ; - create a graph of FPM availability (rrd or such); ; - remove a server from a group if it is not responding (load balancing); ; - trigger alerts for the operating team (24/7). ; Note: The value must start with a leading slash (/). The value can be ; anything, but it may not be a good idea to use the .php extension or it ; may conflict with a real PHP file. ; Default Value: not set ping.path = /ping ; This directive may be used to customize the response of a ping request. The ; response is formatted as text/plain with a 200 response code. ; Default Value: pong ping.response = pong ; The timeout for serving a single request after which the worker process will ; be killed. This option should be used when the 'max_execution_time' ini option ; does not stop script execution for some reason. A value of '0' means 'off'. ; Available units: s(econds)(default), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Value: 0 ;request_terminate_timeout = 0 ; The timeout for serving a single request after which a PHP backtrace will be ; dumped to the 'slowlog' file. A value of '0s' means 'off'. ; Available units: s(econds)(default), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Value: 0 ;request_slowlog_timeout = 0 ; The log file for slow requests ; Default Value: not set ; Note: slowlog is mandatory if request_slowlog_timeout is set ;slowlog = log/$pool.log.slow ; Set open file descriptor rlimit. ; Default Value: system defined value ;rlimit_files = 1024 ; Set max core size rlimit. ; Possible Values: 'unlimited' or an integer greater or equal to 0 ; Default Value: system defined value ;rlimit_core = 0 ; Chroot to this directory at the start. This value must be defined as an ; absolute path. When this value is not set, chroot is not used. ; Note: you can prefix with '$prefix' to chroot to the pool prefix or one ; of its subdirectories. If the pool prefix is not set, the global prefix ; will be used instead. ; Note: chrooting is a great security feature and should be used whenever ; possible. However, all PHP paths will be relative to the chroot ; (error_log, sessions.save_path, ...). ; Default Value: not set ;chroot = ; Chdir to this directory at the start. ; Note: relative path can be used. ; Default Value: current directory or / when chroot ;chdir = /var/www ; Redirect worker stdout and stderr into main error log. If not set, stdout and ; stderr will be redirected to /dev/null according to FastCGI specs. ; Note: on highloaded environement, this can cause some delay in the page ; process time (several ms). ; Default Value: no ;catch_workers_output = yes ; Pass environment variables like LD_LIBRARY_PATH. All $VARIABLEs are taken from ; the current environment. ; Default Value: clean env ;env[HOSTNAME] = $HOSTNAME ;env[PATH] = /usr/local/bin:/usr/bin:/bin ;env[TMP] = /tmp ;env[TMPDIR] = /tmp ;env[TEMP] = /tmp ; Additional php.ini defines, specific to this pool of workers. These settings ; overwrite the values previously defined in the php.ini. The directives are the ; same as the PHP SAPI: ; php_value/php_flag - you can set classic ini defines which can ; be overwritten from PHP call 'ini_set'. ; php_admin_value/php_admin_flag - these directives won't be overwritten by ; PHP call 'ini_set' ; For php_*flag, valid values are on, off, 1, 0, true, false, yes or no. ; Defining 'extension' will load the corresponding shared extension from ; extension_dir. Defining 'disable_functions' or 'disable_classes' will not ; overwrite previously defined php.ini values, but will append the new value ; instead. ; Note: path INI options can be relative and will be expanded with the prefix ; (pool, global or /opt/php5) ; Default Value: nothing is defined by default except the values in php.ini and ; specified at startup with the -d argument ;php_admin_value[sendmail_path] = /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i -f [email protected] ;php_flag[display_errors] = off ;php_admin_value[error_log] = /var/log/fpm-php.www.log ;php_admin_flag[log_errors] = on ;php_admin_value[memory_limit] = 32M php_admin_value[sendmail_path] = /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i

    Read the article

  • How to use onSensorChanged sensor data in combination with OpenGL

    - by Sponge
    I have written a TestSuite to find out how to calculate the rotation angles from the data you get in SensorEventListener.onSensorChanged(). I really hope you can complete my solution to help people who will have the same problems like me. Here is the code, i think you will understand it after reading it. Feel free to change it, the main idea was to implement several methods to send the orientation angles to the opengl view or any other target which would need it. method 1 to 4 are working, they are directly sending the rotationMatrix to the OpenGl view. all other methods are not working or buggy and i hope someone knows to get them working. i think the best method would be method 5 if it would work, because it would be the easiest to understand but i'm not sure how efficient it is. the complete code isn't optimized so i recommend to not use it as it is in your project. here it is: import java.nio.ByteBuffer; import java.nio.ByteOrder; import java.nio.FloatBuffer; import javax.microedition.khronos.egl.EGL10; import javax.microedition.khronos.egl.EGLConfig; import javax.microedition.khronos.opengles.GL10; import static javax.microedition.khronos.opengles.GL10.*; import android.app.Activity; import android.content.Context; import android.content.pm.ActivityInfo; import android.hardware.Sensor; import android.hardware.SensorEvent; import android.hardware.SensorEventListener; import android.hardware.SensorManager; import android.opengl.GLSurfaceView; import android.opengl.GLSurfaceView.Renderer; import android.os.Bundle; import android.util.Log; import android.view.WindowManager; /** * This class provides a basic demonstration of how to use the * {@link android.hardware.SensorManager SensorManager} API to draw a 3D * compass. */ public class SensorToOpenGlTests extends Activity implements Renderer, SensorEventListener { private static final boolean TRY_TRANSPOSED_VERSION = false; /* * MODUS overview: * * 1 - unbufferd data directly transfaired from the rotation matrix to the * modelview matrix * * 2 - buffered version of 1 where both acceleration and magnetometer are * buffered * * 3 - buffered version of 1 where only magnetometer is buffered * * 4 - buffered version of 1 where only acceleration is buffered * * 5 - uses the orientation sensor and sets the angles how to rotate the * camera with glrotate() * * 6 - uses the rotation matrix to calculate the angles * * 7 to 12 - every possibility how the rotationMatrix could be constructed * in SensorManager.getRotationMatrix (see * http://www.songho.ca/opengl/gl_anglestoaxes.html#anglestoaxes for all * possibilities) */ private static int MODUS = 2; private GLSurfaceView openglView; private FloatBuffer vertexBuffer; private ByteBuffer indexBuffer; private FloatBuffer colorBuffer; private SensorManager mSensorManager; private float[] rotationMatrix = new float[16]; private float[] accelGData = new float[3]; private float[] bufferedAccelGData = new float[3]; private float[] magnetData = new float[3]; private float[] bufferedMagnetData = new float[3]; private float[] orientationData = new float[3]; // private float[] mI = new float[16]; private float[] resultingAngles = new float[3]; private int mCount; final static float rad2deg = (float) (180.0f / Math.PI); private boolean mirrorOnBlueAxis = false; private boolean landscape; public SensorToOpenGlTests() { } /** Called with the activity is first created. */ @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); mSensorManager = (SensorManager) getSystemService(Context.SENSOR_SERVICE); openglView = new GLSurfaceView(this); openglView.setRenderer(this); setContentView(openglView); } @Override protected void onResume() { // Ideally a game should implement onResume() and onPause() // to take appropriate action when the activity looses focus super.onResume(); openglView.onResume(); if (((WindowManager) getSystemService(WINDOW_SERVICE)) .getDefaultDisplay().getOrientation() == 1) { landscape = true; } else { landscape = false; } mSensorManager.registerListener(this, mSensorManager .getDefaultSensor(Sensor.TYPE_ACCELEROMETER), SensorManager.SENSOR_DELAY_GAME); mSensorManager.registerListener(this, mSensorManager .getDefaultSensor(Sensor.TYPE_MAGNETIC_FIELD), SensorManager.SENSOR_DELAY_GAME); mSensorManager.registerListener(this, mSensorManager .getDefaultSensor(Sensor.TYPE_ORIENTATION), SensorManager.SENSOR_DELAY_GAME); } @Override protected void onPause() { // Ideally a game should implement onResume() and onPause() // to take appropriate action when the activity looses focus super.onPause(); openglView.onPause(); mSensorManager.unregisterListener(this); } public int[] getConfigSpec() { // We want a depth buffer, don't care about the // details of the color buffer. int[] configSpec = { EGL10.EGL_DEPTH_SIZE, 16, EGL10.EGL_NONE }; return configSpec; } public void onDrawFrame(GL10 gl) { // clear screen and color buffer: gl.glClear(GL10.GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL10.GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); // set target matrix to modelview matrix: gl.glMatrixMode(GL10.GL_MODELVIEW); // init modelview matrix: gl.glLoadIdentity(); // move camera away a little bit: if ((MODUS == 1) || (MODUS == 2) || (MODUS == 3) || (MODUS == 4)) { if (landscape) { // in landscape mode first remap the rotationMatrix before using // it with glMultMatrixf: float[] result = new float[16]; SensorManager.remapCoordinateSystem(rotationMatrix, SensorManager.AXIS_Y, SensorManager.AXIS_MINUS_X, result); gl.glMultMatrixf(result, 0); } else { gl.glMultMatrixf(rotationMatrix, 0); } } else { //in all other modes do the rotation by hand: gl.glRotatef(resultingAngles[1], 1, 0, 0); gl.glRotatef(resultingAngles[2], 0, 1, 0); gl.glRotatef(resultingAngles[0], 0, 0, 1); if (mirrorOnBlueAxis) { //this is needed for mode 6 to work gl.glScalef(1, 1, -1); } } //move the axis to simulate augmented behaviour: gl.glTranslatef(0, 2, 0); // draw the 3 axis on the screen: gl.glVertexPointer(3, GL_FLOAT, 0, vertexBuffer); gl.glColorPointer(4, GL_FLOAT, 0, colorBuffer); gl.glDrawElements(GL_LINES, 6, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, indexBuffer); } public void onSurfaceChanged(GL10 gl, int width, int height) { gl.glViewport(0, 0, width, height); float r = (float) width / height; gl.glMatrixMode(GL10.GL_PROJECTION); gl.glLoadIdentity(); gl.glFrustumf(-r, r, -1, 1, 1, 10); } public void onSurfaceCreated(GL10 gl, EGLConfig config) { gl.glDisable(GL10.GL_DITHER); gl.glClearColor(1, 1, 1, 1); gl.glEnable(GL10.GL_CULL_FACE); gl.glShadeModel(GL10.GL_SMOOTH); gl.glEnable(GL10.GL_DEPTH_TEST); gl.glEnableClientState(GL10.GL_VERTEX_ARRAY); gl.glEnableClientState(GL10.GL_COLOR_ARRAY); // load the 3 axis and there colors: float vertices[] = { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 }; float colors[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1 }; byte indices[] = { 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 3 }; ByteBuffer vbb; vbb = ByteBuffer.allocateDirect(vertices.length * 4); vbb.order(ByteOrder.nativeOrder()); vertexBuffer = vbb.asFloatBuffer(); vertexBuffer.put(vertices); vertexBuffer.position(0); vbb = ByteBuffer.allocateDirect(colors.length * 4); vbb.order(ByteOrder.nativeOrder()); colorBuffer = vbb.asFloatBuffer(); colorBuffer.put(colors); colorBuffer.position(0); indexBuffer = ByteBuffer.allocateDirect(indices.length); indexBuffer.put(indices); indexBuffer.position(0); } public void onAccuracyChanged(Sensor sensor, int accuracy) { } public void onSensorChanged(SensorEvent event) { // load the new values: loadNewSensorData(event); if (MODUS == 1) { SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, magnetData); } if (MODUS == 2) { rootMeanSquareBuffer(bufferedAccelGData, accelGData); rootMeanSquareBuffer(bufferedMagnetData, magnetData); SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, bufferedAccelGData, bufferedMagnetData); } if (MODUS == 3) { rootMeanSquareBuffer(bufferedMagnetData, magnetData); SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, bufferedMagnetData); } if (MODUS == 4) { rootMeanSquareBuffer(bufferedAccelGData, accelGData); SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, bufferedAccelGData, magnetData); } if (MODUS == 5) { // this mode uses the sensor data recieved from the orientation // sensor resultingAngles = orientationData.clone(); if ((-90 > resultingAngles[1]) || (resultingAngles[1] > 90)) { resultingAngles[1] = orientationData[0]; resultingAngles[2] = orientationData[1]; resultingAngles[0] = orientationData[2]; } } if (MODUS == 6) { SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, magnetData); final float[] anglesInRadians = new float[3]; SensorManager.getOrientation(rotationMatrix, anglesInRadians); if ((-90 < anglesInRadians[2] * rad2deg) && (anglesInRadians[2] * rad2deg < 90)) { // device camera is looking on the floor // this hemisphere is working fine mirrorOnBlueAxis = false; resultingAngles[0] = anglesInRadians[0] * rad2deg; resultingAngles[1] = anglesInRadians[1] * rad2deg; resultingAngles[2] = anglesInRadians[2] * -rad2deg; } else { mirrorOnBlueAxis = true; // device camera is looking in the sky // this hemisphere is mirrored at the blue axis resultingAngles[0] = (anglesInRadians[0] * rad2deg); resultingAngles[1] = (anglesInRadians[1] * rad2deg); resultingAngles[2] = (anglesInRadians[2] * rad2deg); } } if (MODUS == 7) { SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, magnetData); rotationMatrix = transpose(rotationMatrix); /* * this assumes that the rotation matrices are multiplied in x y z * order Rx*Ry*Rz */ resultingAngles[2] = (float) (Math.asin(rotationMatrix[2])); final float cosB = (float) Math.cos(resultingAngles[2]); resultingAngles[2] = resultingAngles[2] * rad2deg; resultingAngles[0] = -(float) (Math.acos(rotationMatrix[0] / cosB)) * rad2deg; resultingAngles[1] = (float) (Math.acos(rotationMatrix[10] / cosB)) * rad2deg; } if (MODUS == 8) { SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, magnetData); rotationMatrix = transpose(rotationMatrix); /* * this assumes that the rotation matrices are multiplied in z y x */ resultingAngles[2] = (float) (Math.asin(-rotationMatrix[8])); final float cosB = (float) Math.cos(resultingAngles[2]); resultingAngles[2] = resultingAngles[2] * rad2deg; resultingAngles[1] = (float) (Math.acos(rotationMatrix[9] / cosB)) * rad2deg; resultingAngles[0] = (float) (Math.asin(rotationMatrix[4] / cosB)) * rad2deg; } if (MODUS == 9) { SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, magnetData); rotationMatrix = transpose(rotationMatrix); /* * this assumes that the rotation matrices are multiplied in z x y * * note z axis looks good at this one */ resultingAngles[1] = (float) (Math.asin(rotationMatrix[9])); final float minusCosA = -(float) Math.cos(resultingAngles[1]); resultingAngles[1] = resultingAngles[1] * rad2deg; resultingAngles[2] = (float) (Math.asin(rotationMatrix[8] / minusCosA)) * rad2deg; resultingAngles[0] = (float) (Math.asin(rotationMatrix[1] / minusCosA)) * rad2deg; } if (MODUS == 10) { SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, magnetData); rotationMatrix = transpose(rotationMatrix); /* * this assumes that the rotation matrices are multiplied in y x z */ resultingAngles[1] = (float) (Math.asin(-rotationMatrix[6])); final float cosA = (float) Math.cos(resultingAngles[1]); resultingAngles[1] = resultingAngles[1] * rad2deg; resultingAngles[2] = (float) (Math.asin(rotationMatrix[2] / cosA)) * rad2deg; resultingAngles[0] = (float) (Math.acos(rotationMatrix[5] / cosA)) * rad2deg; } if (MODUS == 11) { SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, magnetData); rotationMatrix = transpose(rotationMatrix); /* * this assumes that the rotation matrices are multiplied in y z x */ resultingAngles[0] = (float) (Math.asin(rotationMatrix[4])); final float cosC = (float) Math.cos(resultingAngles[0]); resultingAngles[0] = resultingAngles[0] * rad2deg; resultingAngles[2] = (float) (Math.acos(rotationMatrix[0] / cosC)) * rad2deg; resultingAngles[1] = (float) (Math.acos(rotationMatrix[5] / cosC)) * rad2deg; } if (MODUS == 12) { SensorManager.getRotationMatrix(rotationMatrix, null, accelGData, magnetData); rotationMatrix = transpose(rotationMatrix); /* * this assumes that the rotation matrices are multiplied in x z y */ resultingAngles[0] = (float) (Math.asin(-rotationMatrix[1])); final float cosC = (float) Math.cos(resultingAngles[0]); resultingAngles[0] = resultingAngles[0] * rad2deg; resultingAngles[2] = (float) (Math.acos(rotationMatrix[0] / cosC)) * rad2deg; resultingAngles[1] = (float) (Math.acos(rotationMatrix[5] / cosC)) * rad2deg; } logOutput(); } /** * transposes the matrix because it was transposted (inverted, but here its * the same, because its a rotation matrix) to be used for opengl * * @param source * @return */ private float[] transpose(float[] source) { final float[] result = source.clone(); if (TRY_TRANSPOSED_VERSION) { result[1] = source[4]; result[2] = source[8]; result[4] = source[1]; result[6] = source[9]; result[8] = source[2]; result[9] = source[6]; } // the other values in the matrix are not relevant for rotations return result; } private void rootMeanSquareBuffer(float[] target, float[] values) { final float amplification = 200.0f; float buffer = 20.0f; target[0] += amplification; target[1] += amplification; target[2] += amplification; values[0] += amplification; values[1] += amplification; values[2] += amplification; target[0] = (float) (Math .sqrt((target[0] * target[0] * buffer + values[0] * values[0]) / (1 + buffer))); target[1] = (float) (Math .sqrt((target[1] * target[1] * buffer + values[1] * values[1]) / (1 + buffer))); target[2] = (float) (Math .sqrt((target[2] * target[2] * buffer + values[2] * values[2]) / (1 + buffer))); target[0] -= amplification; target[1] -= amplification; target[2] -= amplification; values[0] -= amplification; values[1] -= amplification; values[2] -= amplification; } private void loadNewSensorData(SensorEvent event) { final int type = event.sensor.getType(); if (type == Sensor.TYPE_ACCELEROMETER) { accelGData = event.values.clone(); } if (type == Sensor.TYPE_MAGNETIC_FIELD) { magnetData = event.values.clone(); } if (type == Sensor.TYPE_ORIENTATION) { orientationData = event.values.clone(); } } private void logOutput() { if (mCount++ > 30) { mCount = 0; Log.d("Compass", "yaw0: " + (int) (resultingAngles[0]) + " pitch1: " + (int) (resultingAngles[1]) + " roll2: " + (int) (resultingAngles[2])); } } }

    Read the article

  • Network outside internal not reaching TMG Forefront 2010 (Hyper-V environment)

    - by Pascal
    Below is my environment: I have 1 physical machine running Windows 2008 R2, with the Hyper-V role. This machine has 3 physical NICs: One for Internet One for Internal Network One for Wireless Network All 3 have their respective Virtual Networks in Hyper-V, and I have an extra Private virutal machine network for a DMZ Network. In one of the virtual machines, I have TMG Forefront 2010 SP1 installed, with all 4 networks available to it. Below is the IPCONFIG /ALL at the firewall: Windows IP Configuration Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . : FRW-EXP1-02 Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . : exp1.eti.br Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . . : Hybrid IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . . : Yes WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . . : No DNS Suffix Search List. . . . . . : exp1.eti.br Ethernet adapter Internet: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Microsoft Virtual Machine Bus Network Adapter #4 Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-15-5D-01-06-0E DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . . : fe80::6d05:6033:4cfc:bdf5%15(Preferred) IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 189.100.110.xxx(Preferred) Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.240.0 Lease Obtained. . . . . . . . . . : quarta-feira, 5 de janeiro de 2011 11:17:24 Lease Expires . . . . . . . . . . : quarta-feira, 5 de janeiro de 2011 16:07:02 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 189.100.96.xxx DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . : 201.6.2.43 DHCPv6 IAID . . . . . . . . . . . : 436213085 DHCPv6 Client DUID. . . . . . . . : 00-01-00-01-14-6D-75-6F-00-15-5D-01-06-0B DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 201.6.2.163 201.6.2.43 NetBIOS over Tcpip. . . . . . . . : Enabled Ethernet adapter Rede Interna: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Microsoft Virtual Machine Bus Network Adapter #3 Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-15-5D-01-06-0C DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : No Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . . : fe80::51ff:4723:ce4c:bbc3%14(Preferred) IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 10.50.75.10(Preferred) Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : DHCPv6 IAID . . . . . . . . . . . : 352327005 DHCPv6 Client DUID. . . . . . . . : 00-01-00-01-14-6D-75-6F-00-15-5D-01-06-0B DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.50.75.1 10.50.75.2 NetBIOS over Tcpip. . . . . . . . : Enabled Ethernet adapter DMZ: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Microsoft Virtual Machine Bus Network Adapter #2 Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-15-5D-01-06-0A DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : No Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . . : fe80::d4c5:75cf:e9aa:73e1%13(Preferred) IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.10.1(Preferred) Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : DHCPv6 IAID . . . . . . . . . . . : 301995357 DHCPv6 Client DUID. . . . . . . . : 00-01-00-01-14-6D-75-6F-00-15-5D-01-06-0B DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : fec0:0:0:ffff::1%1 fec0:0:0:ffff::2%1 fec0:0:0:ffff::3%1 NetBIOS over Tcpip. . . . . . . . : Enabled Ethernet adapter Wireless: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Microsoft Virtual Machine Bus Network Adapter Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-15-5D-01-06-0B DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : No Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . . : fe80::459:8ca6:d02:8da1%11(Preferred) IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.10(Preferred) Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : DHCPv6 IAID . . . . . . . . . . . : 234886493 DHCPv6 Client DUID. . . . . . . . : 00-01-00-01-14-6D-75-6F-00-15-5D-01-06-0B DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : fec0:0:0:ffff::1%1 fec0:0:0:ffff::2%1 fec0:0:0:ffff::3%1 NetBIOS over Tcpip. . . . . . . . : Enabled I have the Networks below at Forefront: External: IP addresses external to the Forefront TMG Networks Internal: 10.50.75.0 - 10.50.75.255 Local Host: Perimiter: 192.168.10.0 - 192.168.10.255 Wireless: 192.168.1.0 - 192.168.1.255 In the Networks Rules, I have: 1 => Route => Local Host => All Networks 2 => Route => Quarantined; VPN => Internal 3 => NAT => Internal; VPN => Perimiter 4 => NAT => Internal; Perimiter; Quarantined; VPN; Wireless => External My problem is that I can only communicate with the Internal and External networks. If a ping www.google.com or 10.50.75.21 from the Forefront VM, I get answer backs without a problem. If I try to ping a machine at the Perimiter network or the Wireless network, it doesn't get routed back to Forefront, and it's the default gateway on all Networks. Here as ping samples: PS C:\Users\Administrator.TPB1> ping www.google.com Pinging www.l.google.com [64.233.163.104] with 32 bytes of data: Reply from 64.233.163.104: bytes=32 time=11ms TTL=58 Reply from 64.233.163.104: bytes=32 time=8ms TTL=58 Ping statistics for 64.233.163.104: Packets: Sent = 2, Received = 2, Lost = 0 (0% loss), Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds: Minimum = 8ms, Maximum = 11ms, Average = 9ms Control-C PS C:\Users\Administrator.TPB1> ping 10.50.75.21 Pinging 10.50.75.21 with 32 bytes of data: Reply from 10.50.75.21: bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=128 Reply from 10.50.75.21: bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=128 Reply from 10.50.75.21: bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=128 Reply from 10.50.75.21: bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=128 Ping statistics for 10.50.75.21: Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss), Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds: Minimum = 1ms, Maximum = 1ms, Average = 1ms PS C:\Users\Administrator.TPB1> ping 192.168.10.3 Pinging 192.168.10.3 with 32 bytes of data: Reply from 192.168.10.1: Destination host unreachable. Request timed out. Request timed out. Request timed out. Ping statistics for 192.168.10.3: Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 1, Lost = 3 (75% loss), PS C:\Users\Administrator.TPB1> The ping to the 192.168.10.3 gets the Destination host unreachable. Below is the ipconfig for the perimiter VM: PS C:\Users\Administrator.Administrator> ipconfig /all Windows IP Configuration Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . : app-exp1-02 Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . : Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . . : Unkown IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . . : No WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . . : No Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Microsoft Virtual Machine Bus Network Adapter Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-15-5D-01-06-08 DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : No IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.10.3 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.10.1 DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 201.6.2.163 201.6.2.43 Trying to ping 192.168.10.1 ( the gateway ) from the DMZ machine also does not work. When I use Log & Reports to monitor packets from Wireless network and Perimiter network, I don't get any packets link PING or HTTP that I try to send. But I do get a lot of spoofing messages for NETBIOS broadcasts... it's like Forefront thinks it's coming from a different network, but I don't know why. Please Help! Tks

    Read the article

  • Bulk inserting best way to about it? + Helping me understand fully what I found so far

    - by chobo2
    Hi So I saw this post here and read it and it seems like bulk copy might be the way to go. http://stackoverflow.com/questions/682015/whats-the-best-way-to-bulk-database-inserts-from-c I still have some questions and want to know how things actually work. So I found 2 tutorials. http://www.codeproject.com/KB/cs/MultipleInsertsIn1dbTrip.aspx#_Toc196622241 http://www.codeproject.com/KB/linq/BulkOperations_LinqToSQL.aspx First way uses 2 ado.net 2.0 features. BulkInsert and BulkCopy. the second one uses linq to sql and OpenXML. This sort of appeals to me as I am using linq to sql already and prefer it over ado.net. However as one person pointed out in the posts what he just going around the issue at the cost of performance( nothing wrong with that in my opinion) First I will talk about the 2 ways in the first tutorial I am using VS2010 Express, .net 4.0, MVC 2.0, SQl Server 2005 Is ado.net 2.0 the most current version? Based on the technology I am using, is there some updates to what I am going to show that would improve it somehow? Is there any thing that these tutorial left out that I should know about? BulkInsert I am using this table for all the examples. CREATE TABLE [dbo].[TBL_TEST_TEST] ( ID INT IDENTITY(1,1) PRIMARY KEY, [NAME] [varchar](50) ) SP Code USE [Test] GO /****** Object: StoredProcedure [dbo].[sp_BatchInsert] Script Date: 05/19/2010 15:12:47 ******/ SET ANSI_NULLS ON GO SET QUOTED_IDENTIFIER ON GO ALTER PROCEDURE [dbo].[sp_BatchInsert] (@Name VARCHAR(50) ) AS BEGIN INSERT INTO TBL_TEST_TEST VALUES (@Name); END C# Code /// <summary> /// Another ado.net 2.0 way that uses a stored procedure to do a bulk insert. /// Seems slower then "BatchBulkCopy" way and it crashes when you try to insert 500,000 records in one go. /// http://www.codeproject.com/KB/cs/MultipleInsertsIn1dbTrip.aspx#_Toc196622241 /// </summary> private static void BatchInsert() { // Get the DataTable with Rows State as RowState.Added DataTable dtInsertRows = GetDataTable(); SqlConnection connection = new SqlConnection(connectionString); SqlCommand command = new SqlCommand("sp_BatchInsert", connection); command.CommandType = CommandType.StoredProcedure; command.UpdatedRowSource = UpdateRowSource.None; // Set the Parameter with appropriate Source Column Name command.Parameters.Add("@Name", SqlDbType.VarChar, 50, dtInsertRows.Columns[0].ColumnName); SqlDataAdapter adpt = new SqlDataAdapter(); adpt.InsertCommand = command; // Specify the number of records to be Inserted/Updated in one go. Default is 1. adpt.UpdateBatchSize = 1000; connection.Open(); int recordsInserted = adpt.Update(dtInsertRows); connection.Close(); } So first thing is the batch size. Why would you set a batch size to anything but the number of records you are sending? Like I am sending 500,000 records so I did a Batch size of 500,000. Next why does it crash when I do this? If I set it to 1000 for batch size it works just fine. System.Data.SqlClient.SqlException was unhandled Message="A transport-level error has occurred when sending the request to the server. (provider: Shared Memory Provider, error: 0 - No process is on the other end of the pipe.)" Source=".Net SqlClient Data Provider" ErrorCode=-2146232060 Class=20 LineNumber=0 Number=233 Server="" State=0 StackTrace: at System.Data.Common.DbDataAdapter.UpdatedRowStatusErrors(RowUpdatedEventArgs rowUpdatedEvent, BatchCommandInfo[] batchCommands, Int32 commandCount) at System.Data.Common.DbDataAdapter.UpdatedRowStatus(RowUpdatedEventArgs rowUpdatedEvent, BatchCommandInfo[] batchCommands, Int32 commandCount) at System.Data.Common.DbDataAdapter.Update(DataRow[] dataRows, DataTableMapping tableMapping) at System.Data.Common.DbDataAdapter.UpdateFromDataTable(DataTable dataTable, DataTableMapping tableMapping) at System.Data.Common.DbDataAdapter.Update(DataTable dataTable) at TestIQueryable.Program.BatchInsert() in C:\Users\a\Downloads\TestIQueryable\TestIQueryable\TestIQueryable\Program.cs:line 124 at TestIQueryable.Program.Main(String[] args) in C:\Users\a\Downloads\TestIQueryable\TestIQueryable\TestIQueryable\Program.cs:line 16 InnerException: Time it took to insert 500,000 records with insert batch size of 1000 took "2 mins and 54 seconds" Of course this is no official time I sat there with a stop watch( I am sure there are better ways but was too lazy to look what they where) So I find that kinda slow compared to all my other ones(expect the linq to sql insert one) and I am not really sure why. Next I looked at bulkcopy /// <summary> /// An ado.net 2.0 way to mass insert records. This seems to be the fastest. /// http://www.codeproject.com/KB/cs/MultipleInsertsIn1dbTrip.aspx#_Toc196622241 /// </summary> private static void BatchBulkCopy() { // Get the DataTable DataTable dtInsertRows = GetDataTable(); using (SqlBulkCopy sbc = new SqlBulkCopy(connectionString, SqlBulkCopyOptions.KeepIdentity)) { sbc.DestinationTableName = "TBL_TEST_TEST"; // Number of records to be processed in one go sbc.BatchSize = 500000; // Map the Source Column from DataTabel to the Destination Columns in SQL Server 2005 Person Table // sbc.ColumnMappings.Add("ID", "ID"); sbc.ColumnMappings.Add("NAME", "NAME"); // Number of records after which client has to be notified about its status sbc.NotifyAfter = dtInsertRows.Rows.Count; // Event that gets fired when NotifyAfter number of records are processed. sbc.SqlRowsCopied += new SqlRowsCopiedEventHandler(sbc_SqlRowsCopied); // Finally write to server sbc.WriteToServer(dtInsertRows); sbc.Close(); } } This one seemed to go really fast and did not even need a SP( can you use SP with bulk copy? If you can would it be better?) BatchCopy had no problem with a 500,000 batch size.So again why make it smaller then the number of records you want to send? I found that with BatchCopy and 500,000 batch size it took only 5 seconds to complete. I then tried with a batch size of 1,000 and it only took 8 seconds. So much faster then the bulkinsert one above. Now I tried the other tutorial. USE [Test] GO /****** Object: StoredProcedure [dbo].[spTEST_InsertXMLTEST_TEST] Script Date: 05/19/2010 15:39:03 ******/ SET ANSI_NULLS ON GO SET QUOTED_IDENTIFIER ON GO ALTER PROCEDURE [dbo].[spTEST_InsertXMLTEST_TEST](@UpdatedProdData nText) AS DECLARE @hDoc int exec sp_xml_preparedocument @hDoc OUTPUT,@UpdatedProdData INSERT INTO TBL_TEST_TEST(NAME) SELECT XMLProdTable.NAME FROM OPENXML(@hDoc, 'ArrayOfTBL_TEST_TEST/TBL_TEST_TEST', 2) WITH ( ID Int, NAME varchar(100) ) XMLProdTable EXEC sp_xml_removedocument @hDoc C# code. /// <summary> /// This is using linq to sql to make the table objects. /// It is then serailzed to to an xml document and sent to a stored proedure /// that then does a bulk insert(I think with OpenXML) /// http://www.codeproject.com/KB/linq/BulkOperations_LinqToSQL.aspx /// </summary> private static void LinqInsertXMLBatch() { using (TestDataContext db = new TestDataContext()) { TBL_TEST_TEST[] testRecords = new TBL_TEST_TEST[500000]; for (int count = 0; count < 500000; count++) { TBL_TEST_TEST testRecord = new TBL_TEST_TEST(); testRecord.NAME = "Name : " + count; testRecords[count] = testRecord; } StringBuilder sBuilder = new StringBuilder(); System.IO.StringWriter sWriter = new System.IO.StringWriter(sBuilder); XmlSerializer serializer = new XmlSerializer(typeof(TBL_TEST_TEST[])); serializer.Serialize(sWriter, testRecords); db.insertTestData(sBuilder.ToString()); } } So I like this because I get to use objects even though it is kinda redundant. I don't get how the SP works. Like I don't get the whole thing. I don't know if OPENXML has some batch insert under the hood but I do not even know how to take this example SP and change it to fit my tables since like I said I don't know what is going on. I also don't know what would happen if the object you have more tables in it. Like say I have a ProductName table what has a relationship to a Product table or something like that. In linq to sql you could get the product name object and make changes to the Product table in that same object. So I am not sure how to take that into account. I am not sure if I would have to do separate inserts or what. The time was pretty good for 500,000 records it took 52 seconds The last way of course was just using linq to do it all and it was pretty bad. /// <summary> /// This is using linq to sql to to insert lots of records. /// This way is slow as it uses no mass insert. /// Only tried to insert 50,000 records as I did not want to sit around till it did 500,000 records. /// http://www.codeproject.com/KB/linq/BulkOperations_LinqToSQL.aspx /// </summary> private static void LinqInsertAll() { using (TestDataContext db = new TestDataContext()) { db.CommandTimeout = 600; for (int count = 0; count < 50000; count++) { TBL_TEST_TEST testRecord = new TBL_TEST_TEST(); testRecord.NAME = "Name : " + count; db.TBL_TEST_TESTs.InsertOnSubmit(testRecord); } db.SubmitChanges(); } } I did only 50,000 records and that took over a minute to do. So I really narrowed it done to the linq to sql bulk insert way or bulk copy. I am just not sure how to do it when you have relationship for either way. I am not sure how they both stand up when doing updates instead of inserts as I have not gotten around to try it yet. I don't think I will ever need to insert/update more than 50,000 records at one type but at the same time I know I will have to do validation on records before inserting so that will slow it down and that sort of makes linq to sql nicer as your got objects especially if your first parsing data from a xml file before you insert into the database. Full C# code using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Text; using System.Xml.Serialization; using System.Data; using System.Data.SqlClient; namespace TestIQueryable { class Program { private static string connectionString = ""; static void Main(string[] args) { BatchInsert(); Console.WriteLine("done"); } /// <summary> /// This is using linq to sql to to insert lots of records. /// This way is slow as it uses no mass insert. /// Only tried to insert 50,000 records as I did not want to sit around till it did 500,000 records. /// http://www.codeproject.com/KB/linq/BulkOperations_LinqToSQL.aspx /// </summary> private static void LinqInsertAll() { using (TestDataContext db = new TestDataContext()) { db.CommandTimeout = 600; for (int count = 0; count < 50000; count++) { TBL_TEST_TEST testRecord = new TBL_TEST_TEST(); testRecord.NAME = "Name : " + count; db.TBL_TEST_TESTs.InsertOnSubmit(testRecord); } db.SubmitChanges(); } } /// <summary> /// This is using linq to sql to make the table objects. /// It is then serailzed to to an xml document and sent to a stored proedure /// that then does a bulk insert(I think with OpenXML) /// http://www.codeproject.com/KB/linq/BulkOperations_LinqToSQL.aspx /// </summary> private static void LinqInsertXMLBatch() { using (TestDataContext db = new TestDataContext()) { TBL_TEST_TEST[] testRecords = new TBL_TEST_TEST[500000]; for (int count = 0; count < 500000; count++) { TBL_TEST_TEST testRecord = new TBL_TEST_TEST(); testRecord.NAME = "Name : " + count; testRecords[count] = testRecord; } StringBuilder sBuilder = new StringBuilder(); System.IO.StringWriter sWriter = new System.IO.StringWriter(sBuilder); XmlSerializer serializer = new XmlSerializer(typeof(TBL_TEST_TEST[])); serializer.Serialize(sWriter, testRecords); db.insertTestData(sBuilder.ToString()); } } /// <summary> /// An ado.net 2.0 way to mass insert records. This seems to be the fastest. /// http://www.codeproject.com/KB/cs/MultipleInsertsIn1dbTrip.aspx#_Toc196622241 /// </summary> private static void BatchBulkCopy() { // Get the DataTable DataTable dtInsertRows = GetDataTable(); using (SqlBulkCopy sbc = new SqlBulkCopy(connectionString, SqlBulkCopyOptions.KeepIdentity)) { sbc.DestinationTableName = "TBL_TEST_TEST"; // Number of records to be processed in one go sbc.BatchSize = 500000; // Map the Source Column from DataTabel to the Destination Columns in SQL Server 2005 Person Table // sbc.ColumnMappings.Add("ID", "ID"); sbc.ColumnMappings.Add("NAME", "NAME"); // Number of records after which client has to be notified about its status sbc.NotifyAfter = dtInsertRows.Rows.Count; // Event that gets fired when NotifyAfter number of records are processed. sbc.SqlRowsCopied += new SqlRowsCopiedEventHandler(sbc_SqlRowsCopied); // Finally write to server sbc.WriteToServer(dtInsertRows); sbc.Close(); } } /// <summary> /// Another ado.net 2.0 way that uses a stored procedure to do a bulk insert. /// Seems slower then "BatchBulkCopy" way and it crashes when you try to insert 500,000 records in one go. /// http://www.codeproject.com/KB/cs/MultipleInsertsIn1dbTrip.aspx#_Toc196622241 /// </summary> private static void BatchInsert() { // Get the DataTable with Rows State as RowState.Added DataTable dtInsertRows = GetDataTable(); SqlConnection connection = new SqlConnection(connectionString); SqlCommand command = new SqlCommand("sp_BatchInsert", connection); command.CommandType = CommandType.StoredProcedure; command.UpdatedRowSource = UpdateRowSource.None; // Set the Parameter with appropriate Source Column Name command.Parameters.Add("@Name", SqlDbType.VarChar, 50, dtInsertRows.Columns[0].ColumnName); SqlDataAdapter adpt = new SqlDataAdapter(); adpt.InsertCommand = command; // Specify the number of records to be Inserted/Updated in one go. Default is 1. adpt.UpdateBatchSize = 500000; connection.Open(); int recordsInserted = adpt.Update(dtInsertRows); connection.Close(); } private static DataTable GetDataTable() { // You First need a DataTable and have all the insert values in it DataTable dtInsertRows = new DataTable(); dtInsertRows.Columns.Add("NAME"); for (int i = 0; i < 500000; i++) { DataRow drInsertRow = dtInsertRows.NewRow(); string name = "Name : " + i; drInsertRow["NAME"] = name; dtInsertRows.Rows.Add(drInsertRow); } return dtInsertRows; } static void sbc_SqlRowsCopied(object sender, SqlRowsCopiedEventArgs e) { Console.WriteLine("Number of records affected : " + e.RowsCopied.ToString()); } } }

    Read the article

  • Value cannot be null, ArgumentNullException

    - by Wooolie
    I am currently trying to return an array which contains information about a seat at a theate such as Seat number, Name, Price and Status. I am using a combobox where I want to list all vacant or reserved seats based upon choice. When I choose reserved seats in my combobox, I call upon a method using AddRange. This method is supposed to loop through an array containing all seats and their information. If a seat is Vacant, I add it to an array. When all is done, I return this array. However, I am dealing with a ArgumentNullException. MainForm namespace Assignment4 { public partial class MainForm : Form { // private const int totNumberOfSeats = 240; private SeatManager seatMngr; private const int columns = 10; private const int rows = 10; public enum DisplayOptions { AllSeats, VacantSeats, ReservedSeats } public MainForm() { InitializeComponent(); seatMngr = new SeatManager(rows, columns); InitializeGUI(); } /// <summary> /// Fill the listbox with information from the beginning, /// let the user be able to choose from vacant seats. /// </summary> private void InitializeGUI() { rbReserve.Checked = true; txtName.Text = string.Empty; txtPrice.Text = string.Empty; lblTotalSeats.Text = seatMngr.GetNumOfSeats().ToString(); cmbOptions.Items.AddRange(Enum.GetNames(typeof(DisplayOptions))); cmbOptions.SelectedIndex = 0; UpdateGUI(); } /// <summary> /// call on methods ValidateName and ValidatePrice with arguments /// </summary> /// <param name="name"></param> /// <param name="price"></param> /// <returns></returns> private bool ValidateInput(out string name, out double price) { bool nameOK = ValidateName(out name); bool priceOK = ValidatePrice(out price); return nameOK && priceOK; } /// <summary> /// Validate name using inputUtility, show error if input is invalid /// </summary> /// <param name="name"></param> /// <returns></returns> private bool ValidateName(out string name) { name = txtName.Text.Trim(); if (!InputUtility.ValidateString(name)) { //inform user MessageBox.Show("Input of name is Invalid. It can not be empty, " + Environment.NewLine + "and must have at least one character.", " Error!"); txtName.Focus(); txtName.Text = " "; txtName.SelectAll(); return false; } return true; } /// <summary> /// Validate price using inputUtility, show error if input is invalid /// </summary> /// <param name="price"></param> /// <returns></returns> private bool ValidatePrice(out double price) { // show error if input is invalid if (!InputUtility.GetDouble(txtPrice.Text.Trim(), out price, 0)) { //inform user MessageBox.Show("Input of price is Invalid. It can not be less than 0, " + Environment.NewLine + "and must not be empty.", " Error!"); txtPrice.Focus(); txtPrice.Text = " "; txtPrice.SelectAll(); return false; } return true; } /// <summary> /// Check if item is selected in listbox /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> private bool CheckSelectedIndex() { int index = lbSeats.SelectedIndex; if (index < 0) { MessageBox.Show("Please select an item in the box"); return false; } else return true; } /// <summary> /// Call method ReserveOrCancelSeat when button OK is clicked /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> /// <param name="e"></param> private void btnOK_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { ReserveOrCancelSeat(); } /// <summary> /// Reserve or cancel seat depending on choice the user makes. Update GUI after choice. /// </summary> private void ReserveOrCancelSeat() { if (CheckSelectedIndex() == true) { string name = string.Empty; double price = 0.0; int selectedSeat = lbSeats.SelectedIndex; bool reserve = false; bool cancel = false; if (rbReserve.Checked) { DialogResult result = MessageBox.Show("Do you want to continue?", "Approve", MessageBoxButtons.YesNo); if (result == DialogResult.Yes) { if (ValidateInput(out name, out price)) { reserve = seatMngr.ReserveSeat(name, price, selectedSeat); if (reserve == true) { MessageBox.Show("Seat has been reserved"); UpdateGUI(); } else { MessageBox.Show("Seat has already been reserved"); } } } } else { DialogResult result = MessageBox.Show("Do you want to continue?", "Approve", MessageBoxButtons.YesNo); if (result == DialogResult.Yes) { cancel = seatMngr.CancelSeat(selectedSeat); if (cancel == true) { MessageBox.Show("Seat has been cancelled"); UpdateGUI(); } else { MessageBox.Show("Seat is already vacant"); } } } UpdateGUI(); } } /// <summary> /// Update GUI with new information. /// </summary> /// <param name="customerName"></param> /// <param name="price"></param> private void UpdateGUI() { lbSeats.Items.Clear(); lbSeats.Items.AddRange(seatMngr.GetSeatInfoString()); lblVacantSeats.Text = seatMngr.GetNumOfVacant().ToString(); lblReservedSeats.Text = seatMngr.GetNumOfReserved().ToString(); if (rbReserve.Checked) { txtName.Text = string.Empty; txtPrice.Text = string.Empty; } } /// <summary> /// set textboxes to false if cancel reservation button is checked /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> /// <param name="e"></param> private void rbCancel_CheckedChanged_1(object sender, EventArgs e) { txtName.Enabled = false; txtPrice.Enabled = false; } /// <summary> /// set textboxes to true if reserved radiobutton is checked /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> /// <param name="e"></param> private void rbReserve_CheckedChanged_1(object sender, EventArgs e) { txtName.Enabled = true; txtPrice.Enabled = true; } /// <summary> /// Make necessary changes on the list depending on what choice the user makes. Show only /// what the user wants to see, whether its all seats, reserved seats or vacant seats only. /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> /// <param name="e"></param> private void cmbOptions_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) { if (cmbOptions.SelectedIndex == 0 && rbReserve.Checked) //All seats visible. { UpdateGUI(); txtName.Enabled = true; txtPrice.Enabled = true; btnOK.Enabled = true; } else if (cmbOptions.SelectedIndex == 0 && rbCancel.Checked) { UpdateGUI(); txtName.Enabled = false; txtPrice.Enabled = false; btnOK.Enabled = true; } else if (cmbOptions.SelectedIndex == 1) //Only vacant seats visible. { lbSeats.Items.Clear(); lbSeats.Items.AddRange(seatMngr.ReturnVacantSeats()); // Value cannot be null txtName.Enabled = false; txtPrice.Enabled = false; btnOK.Enabled = false; } else if (cmbOptions.SelectedIndex == 2) //Only reserved seats visible. { lbSeats.Items.Clear(); lbSeats.Items.AddRange(seatMngr.ReturnReservedSeats()); // Value cannot be null txtName.Enabled = false; txtPrice.Enabled = false; btnOK.Enabled = false; } } } } SeatManager namespace Assignment4 { class SeatManager { private string[,] nameList = null; private double[,] priceList = null; private string[,] seatList = null; private readonly int totCols; private readonly int totRows; /// <summary> /// Constructor with declarations of size for all arrays. /// </summary> /// <param name="totNumberOfSeats"></param> public SeatManager(int row, int cols) { totCols = cols; totRows = row; nameList = new string[row, cols]; priceList = new double[row, cols]; seatList = new string[row, cols]; for (int rows = 0; rows < row; rows++) { for (int col = 0; col < totCols; col++) { seatList[rows, col] = "Vacant"; } } } /// <summary> /// Check if index is within bounds of the array /// </summary> /// <param name="index"></param> /// <returns></returns> private bool CheckIndex(int index) { if (index >= 0 && index < nameList.Length) return true; else return false; } /// <summary> /// Return total number of seats /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public int GetNumOfSeats() { int count = 0; for (int rows = 0; rows < totRows; rows++) { for (int cols = 0; cols < totCols; cols++) { count++; } } return count; } /// <summary> /// Calculate and return total number of reserved seats /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public int GetNumOfReserved() { int totReservedSeats = 0; for (int rows = 0; rows < totRows; rows++) { for (int col = 0; col < totCols; col++) { if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(nameList[rows, col])) { totReservedSeats++; } } } return totReservedSeats; } /// <summary> /// Calculate and return total number of vacant seats /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public int GetNumOfVacant() { int totVacantSeats = 0; for (int rows = 0; rows < totRows; rows++) { for (int col = 0; col < totCols; col++) { if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(nameList[rows, col])) { totVacantSeats++; } } } return totVacantSeats; } /// <summary> /// Return formated string with info about the seat, name, price and its status /// </summary> /// <param name="index"></param> /// <returns></returns> public string GetSeatInfoAt(int index) { int cols = ReturnColumn(index); int rows = ReturnRow(index); string strOut = string.Format("{0,2} {1,10} {2,17} {3,20} {4,35:f2}", rows+1, cols+1, seatList[rows, cols], nameList[rows, cols], priceList[rows, cols]); return strOut; } /// <summary> /// Send an array containing all seats in the cinema /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public string[] GetSeatInfoString() { int count = totRows * totCols; if (count <= 0) return null; string[] strSeatInfoStrings = new string[count]; for (int i = 0; i < totRows * totCols; i++) { strSeatInfoStrings[i] = GetSeatInfoAt(i); } return strSeatInfoStrings; } /// <summary> /// Reserve seat if seat is vacant /// </summary> /// <param name="name"></param> /// <param name="price"></param> /// <param name="index"></param> /// <returns></returns> public bool ReserveSeat(string name, double price, int index) { int cols = ReturnColumn(index); int rows = ReturnRow(index); if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(nameList[rows, cols])) { nameList[rows, cols] = name; priceList[rows, cols] = price; seatList[rows, cols] = "Reserved"; return true; } else return false; } public string[] ReturnVacantSeats() { int totVacantSeats = int.Parse(GetNumOfVacant().ToString()); string[] vacantSeats = new string[totVacantSeats]; for (int i = 0; i < vacantSeats.Length; i++) { if (GetSeatInfoAt(i) == "Vacant") { vacantSeats[i] = GetSeatInfoAt(i); } } return vacantSeats; } public string[] ReturnReservedSeats() { int totReservedSeats = int.Parse(GetNumOfReserved().ToString()); string[] reservedSeats = new string[totReservedSeats]; for (int i = 0; i < reservedSeats.Length; i++) { if (GetSeatInfoAt(i) == "Reserved") { reservedSeats[i] = GetSeatInfoAt(i); } } return reservedSeats; } /// <summary> /// Cancel seat if seat is reserved /// </summary> /// <param name="index"></param> /// <returns></returns> public bool CancelSeat(int index) { int cols = ReturnColumn(index); int rows = ReturnRow(index); if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(nameList[rows, cols])) { nameList[rows, cols] = ""; priceList[rows, cols] = 0.0; seatList[rows, cols] = "Vacant"; return true; } else { return false; } } /// <summary> /// Convert index to row and return value /// </summary> /// <param name="index"></param> /// <returns></returns> public int ReturnRow(int index) { int vectorRow = index; int row; row = (int)Math.Ceiling((double)(vectorRow / totCols)); return row; } /// <summary> /// Convert index to column and return value /// </summary> /// <param name="index"></param> /// <returns></returns> public int ReturnColumn(int index) { int row = index; int col = row % totCols; return col; } } } In MainForm, this is where I get ArgumentNullException: lbSeats.Items.AddRange(seatMngr.ReturnVacantSeats()); And this is the method where the array is to be returned containing all vacant seats: public string[] ReturnVacantSeats() { int totVacantSeats = int.Parse(GetNumOfVacant().ToString()); string[] vacantSeats = new string[totVacantSeats]; for (int i = 0; i < vacantSeats.Length; i++) { if (GetSeatInfoAt(i) == "Vacant") { vacantSeats[i] = GetSeatInfoAt(i); } } return vacantSeats; }

    Read the article

  • Texture will not apply to my 3d Cube directX

    - by numerical25
    I am trying to apply a texture onto my 3d cube but it is not showing up correctly. I believe that it might some what be working because the cube is all brown which is almost the same complexion as the texture. And I did not originally make the cube brown. These are the steps I've done to add the texture I first declared 2 new varibles ID3D10EffectShaderResourceVariable* pTextureSR; ID3D10ShaderResourceView* textureSRV; I also added a variable and a struct to my shader .fx file Texture2D tex2D; SamplerState linearSampler { Filter = MIN_MAG_MIP_LINEAR; AddressU = Wrap; AddressV = Wrap; }; I then grabbed the image from my local hard drive from within the .cpp file. I believe this was successful, I checked all varibles for errors, everything has a memory address. Plus I pulled resources before and never had a problem. D3DX10CreateShaderResourceViewFromFile(mpD3DDevice,L"crate.jpg",NULL,NULL,&textureSRV,NULL); I grabbed the tex2d varible from my fx file and placed into my resource varible pTextureSR = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("tex2D")->AsShaderResource(); And added the resource to the varible pTextureSR->SetResource(textureSRV); I also added the extra property to my vertex layout D3D10_INPUT_ELEMENT_DESC layout[] = { {"POSITION",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32_FLOAT, 0 , 0, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"COLOR",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_FLOAT, 0 , 12, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"NORMAL",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_FLOAT, 0 , 24, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"TEXCOORD",0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0 , 36, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0} }; as well as my struct struct VertexPos { D3DXVECTOR3 pos; D3DXVECTOR4 color; D3DXVECTOR3 normal; D3DXVECTOR2 texCoord; }; Then I created a new pixel shader that adds the texture to it. Below is the code in its entirety matrix Projection; matrix WorldMatrix; Texture2D tex2D; float3 lightSource; float4 lightColor = {0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 0.5}; // PS_INPUT - input variables to the pixel shader // This struct is created and fill in by the // vertex shader struct PS_INPUT { float4 Pos : SV_POSITION; float4 Color : COLOR0; float4 Normal : NORMAL; float2 Tex : TEXCOORD; }; SamplerState linearSampler { Filter = MIN_MAG_MIP_LINEAR; AddressU = Wrap; AddressV = Wrap; }; //////////////////////////////////////////////// // Vertex Shader - Main Function /////////////////////////////////////////////// PS_INPUT VS(float4 Pos : POSITION, float4 Color : COLOR, float4 Normal : NORMAL, float2 Tex : TEXCOORD) { PS_INPUT psInput; // Pass through both the position and the color psInput.Pos = mul( Pos, Projection ); psInput.Normal = Normal; psInput.Tex = Tex; return psInput; } /////////////////////////////////////////////// // Pixel Shader /////////////////////////////////////////////// float4 PS(PS_INPUT psInput) : SV_Target { float4 finalColor = 0; finalColor = saturate(dot(lightSource, psInput.Normal) * lightColor); return finalColor; } float4 textured( PS_INPUT psInput ) : SV_Target { return tex2D.Sample( linearSampler, psInput.Tex ); } // Define the technique technique10 Render { pass P0 { SetVertexShader( CompileShader( vs_4_0, VS() ) ); SetGeometryShader( NULL ); SetPixelShader( CompileShader( ps_4_0, textured() ) ); } } Below is my CPU code. It maybe a little sloppy. But I am just adding code anywhere cause I am just experimenting and playing around. You should find most of the texture code at the bottom createObject #include "MyGame.h" #include "OneColorCube.h" /* This code sets a projection and shows a turning cube. What has been added is the project, rotation and a rasterizer to change the rasterization of the cube. The issue that was going on was something with the effect file which was causing the vertices not to be rendered correctly.*/ typedef struct { ID3D10Effect* pEffect; ID3D10EffectTechnique* pTechnique; //vertex information ID3D10Buffer* pVertexBuffer; ID3D10Buffer* pIndicesBuffer; ID3D10InputLayout* pVertexLayout; UINT numVertices; UINT numIndices; }ModelObject; ModelObject modelObject; // World Matrix D3DXMATRIX WorldMatrix; // View Matrix D3DXMATRIX ViewMatrix; // Projection Matrix D3DXMATRIX ProjectionMatrix; ID3D10EffectMatrixVariable* pProjectionMatrixVariable = NULL; ID3D10EffectMatrixVariable* pWorldMatrixVarible = NULL; ID3D10EffectVectorVariable* pLightVarible = NULL; ID3D10EffectShaderResourceVariable* pTextureSR; bool MyGame::InitDirect3D() { if(!DX3dApp::InitDirect3D()) { return false; } D3D10_RASTERIZER_DESC rastDesc; rastDesc.FillMode = D3D10_FILL_WIREFRAME; rastDesc.CullMode = D3D10_CULL_FRONT; rastDesc.FrontCounterClockwise = true; rastDesc.DepthBias = false; rastDesc.DepthBiasClamp = 0; rastDesc.SlopeScaledDepthBias = 0; rastDesc.DepthClipEnable = false; rastDesc.ScissorEnable = false; rastDesc.MultisampleEnable = false; rastDesc.AntialiasedLineEnable = false; ID3D10RasterizerState *g_pRasterizerState; mpD3DDevice->CreateRasterizerState(&rastDesc, &g_pRasterizerState); //mpD3DDevice->RSSetState(g_pRasterizerState); // Set up the World Matrix D3DXMatrixIdentity(&WorldMatrix); D3DXMatrixLookAtLH(&ViewMatrix, new D3DXVECTOR3(0.0f, 10.0f, -20.0f), new D3DXVECTOR3(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f), new D3DXVECTOR3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f)); // Set up the projection matrix D3DXMatrixPerspectiveFovLH(&ProjectionMatrix, (float)D3DX_PI * 0.5f, (float)mWidth/(float)mHeight, 0.1f, 100.0f); if(!CreateObject()) { return false; } return true; } //These are actions that take place after the clearing of the buffer and before the present void MyGame::GameDraw() { static float rotationAngleY = 15.0f; static float rotationAngleX = 0.0f; static D3DXMATRIX rotationXMatrix; static D3DXMATRIX rotationYMatrix; D3DXMatrixIdentity(&rotationXMatrix); D3DXMatrixIdentity(&rotationYMatrix); // create the rotation matrix using the rotation angle D3DXMatrixRotationY(&rotationYMatrix, rotationAngleY); D3DXMatrixRotationX(&rotationXMatrix, rotationAngleX); rotationAngleY += (float)D3DX_PI * 0.0008f; rotationAngleX += (float)D3DX_PI * 0.0005f; WorldMatrix = rotationYMatrix * rotationXMatrix; // Set the input layout mpD3DDevice->IASetInputLayout(modelObject.pVertexLayout); pWorldMatrixVarible->SetMatrix((float*)&WorldMatrix); // Set vertex buffer UINT stride = sizeof(VertexPos); UINT offset = 0; mpD3DDevice->IASetVertexBuffers(0, 1, &modelObject.pVertexBuffer, &stride, &offset); // Set primitive topology mpD3DDevice->IASetPrimitiveTopology(D3D10_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLELIST); //ViewMatrix._43 += 0.005f; // Combine and send the final matrix to the shader D3DXMATRIX finalMatrix = (WorldMatrix * ViewMatrix * ProjectionMatrix); pProjectionMatrixVariable->SetMatrix((float*)&finalMatrix); // make sure modelObject is valid // Render a model object D3D10_TECHNIQUE_DESC techniqueDescription; modelObject.pTechnique->GetDesc(&techniqueDescription); // Loop through the technique passes for(UINT p=0; p < techniqueDescription.Passes; ++p) { modelObject.pTechnique->GetPassByIndex(p)->Apply(0); // draw the cube using all 36 vertices and 12 triangles mpD3DDevice->Draw(36,0); } } //Render actually incapsulates Gamedraw, so you can call data before you actually clear the buffer or after you //present data void MyGame::Render() { DX3dApp::Render(); } bool MyGame::CreateObject() { //Create Layout D3D10_INPUT_ELEMENT_DESC layout[] = { {"POSITION",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32_FLOAT, 0 , 0, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"COLOR",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_FLOAT, 0 , 12, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"NORMAL",0,DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_FLOAT, 0 , 24, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0}, {"TEXCOORD",0, DXGI_FORMAT_R32G32_FLOAT, 0 , 36, D3D10_INPUT_PER_VERTEX_DATA, 0} }; UINT numElements = (sizeof(layout)/sizeof(layout[0])); modelObject.numVertices = sizeof(vertices)/sizeof(VertexPos); for(int i = 0; i < modelObject.numVertices; i += 3) { D3DXVECTOR3 out; D3DXVECTOR3 v1 = vertices[0 + i].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 v2 = vertices[1 + i].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 v3 = vertices[2 + i].pos; D3DXVECTOR3 u = v2 - v1; D3DXVECTOR3 v = v3 - v1; D3DXVec3Cross(&out, &u, &v); D3DXVec3Normalize(&out, &out); vertices[0 + i].normal = out; vertices[1 + i].normal = out; vertices[2 + i].normal = out; } //Create buffer desc D3D10_BUFFER_DESC bufferDesc; bufferDesc.Usage = D3D10_USAGE_DEFAULT; bufferDesc.ByteWidth = sizeof(VertexPos) * modelObject.numVertices; bufferDesc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_VERTEX_BUFFER; bufferDesc.CPUAccessFlags = 0; bufferDesc.MiscFlags = 0; D3D10_SUBRESOURCE_DATA initData; initData.pSysMem = vertices; //Create the buffer HRESULT hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateBuffer(&bufferDesc, &initData, &modelObject.pVertexBuffer); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; /* //Create indices DWORD indices[] = { 0,1,3, 1,2,3 }; ModelObject.numIndices = sizeof(indices)/sizeof(DWORD); bufferDesc.ByteWidth = sizeof(DWORD) * ModelObject.numIndices; bufferDesc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_INDEX_BUFFER; initData.pSysMem = indices; hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateBuffer(&bufferDesc, &initData, &ModelObject.pIndicesBuffer); if(FAILED(hr)) return false;*/ ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //Set up fx files LPCWSTR effectFilename = L"effect.fx"; modelObject.pEffect = NULL; hr = D3DX10CreateEffectFromFile(effectFilename, NULL, NULL, "fx_4_0", D3D10_SHADER_ENABLE_STRICTNESS, 0, mpD3DDevice, NULL, NULL, &modelObject.pEffect, NULL, NULL); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; pProjectionMatrixVariable = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("Projection")->AsMatrix(); pWorldMatrixVarible = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("WorldMatrix")->AsMatrix(); pTextureSR = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("tex2D")->AsShaderResource(); ID3D10ShaderResourceView* textureSRV; D3DX10CreateShaderResourceViewFromFile(mpD3DDevice,L"crate.jpg",NULL,NULL,&textureSRV,NULL); pLightVarible = modelObject.pEffect->GetVariableByName("lightSource")->AsVector(); //Dont sweat the technique. Get it! LPCSTR effectTechniqueName = "Render"; D3DXVECTOR3 vLight(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); pLightVarible->SetFloatVector(vLight); modelObject.pTechnique = modelObject.pEffect->GetTechniqueByName(effectTechniqueName); if(modelObject.pTechnique == NULL) return false; pTextureSR->SetResource(textureSRV); //Create Vertex layout D3D10_PASS_DESC passDesc; modelObject.pTechnique->GetPassByIndex(0)->GetDesc(&passDesc); hr = mpD3DDevice->CreateInputLayout(layout, numElements, passDesc.pIAInputSignature, passDesc.IAInputSignatureSize, &modelObject.pVertexLayout); if(FAILED(hr)) return false; return true; } And here is my cube coordinates. I actually only added coordinates to one side. And that is the front side. To double check I flipped the cube in all directions just to make sure i didnt accidentally place the text on the incorrect side //Create vectors and put in vertices // Create vertex buffer VertexPos vertices[] = { // BACK SIDES { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(1.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,1.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, -5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, // 2 FRONT SIDE { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, 5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(2.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,2.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,2.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f,0.0f) , D3DXVECTOR2(2.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(2.0,2.0)}, // 3 { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, 5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, 5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, // 4 { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.5f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.5f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, -5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.5f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, -5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.5f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.5f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(1.0f,0.5f,0.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, // 5 { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.5f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.5f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.5f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.5f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.5f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, { D3DXVECTOR3(5.0f, -5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.0f,1.0f,0.5f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, // 6 {D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, 5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.5f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, {D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.5f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, {D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.5f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, {D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, 5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.5f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, {D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, -5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.5f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, {D3DXVECTOR3(-5.0f, -5.0f, 5.0f), D3DXVECTOR4(0.5f,0.0f,1.0f,0.0f), D3DXVECTOR2(0.0,0.0)}, };

    Read the article

  • Silverlight Recruiting Application Part 6 - Adding an Interview Scheduling Module/View

    Between the last post and this one I went ahead and carried the ideas for the Jobs module and view into the Applicants module and view- they're both doing more or less the same thing, except with different objects being at their core.  Made for an easy cut-and-paste operation with a few items being switched from one to another.  Now that we have the ability to add postings and applicants, wouldn't it be nice if we could schedule an interview?  Of course it would! Scheduling Module I think you get the drift from previous posts that these project structures start looking somewhat similar.  The interview scheduling module is no different than the rest- it gets a SchedulingModule.cs file at the root that inherits from IModule, and there is a single SchedulerView.xsml and SchedulerViewModel.cs setup for our V+VM.  We have one unique concern as we enter into this- RadScheduler deals with AppointmentsSource, not ItemsSource, so there are some special considerations to take into account when planning this module. First, I need something which inherits from AppointmentBase.  This is the core of the RadScheduler appointment, and if you are planning to do any form of custom appointment, you'll want it to inherit from this.  Then you can add-on functionality as needed.  Here is my addition to the mix, the InterviewAppointment: 01.public class InterviewAppointment : AppointmentBase 02.{ 03.    private int _applicantID; 04.    public int ApplicantID 05.    { 06.        get { return this._applicantID; } 07.        set 08.        { 09.            if (_applicantID != value) 10.            { 11.                _applicantID = value; 12.                OnPropertyChanged("ApplicantID"); 13.            } 14.        } 15.    } 16.   17.    private int _postingID; 18.    public int PostingID 19.    { 20.        get { return _postingID; } 21.        set 22.        { 23.            if (_postingID != value) 24.            { 25.                _postingID = value; 26.                OnPropertyChanged("PostingID"); 27.            } 28.        } 29.    } 30.   31.    private string _body; 32.    public string Body 33.    { 34.        get { return _body; } 35.        set 36.        { 37.            if (_body != value) 38.            { 39.                _body = value; 40.                OnPropertyChanged("Body"); 41.            } 42.        } 43.    } 44.   45.    private int _interviewID; 46.    public int InterviewID 47.    { 48.        get { return _interviewID; } 49.        set 50.        { 51.            if (_interviewID != value) 52.            { 53.                _interviewID = value; 54.                OnPropertyChanged("InterviewID"); 55.            } 56.        } 57.    } 58.   59.    public override IAppointment Copy() 60.    { 61.        IAppointment appointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 62.        appointment.CopyFrom(this);             63.        return appointment; 64.    } 65.   66.    public override void CopyFrom(IAppointment other) 67.    {             68.        base.CopyFrom(other); 69.        var appointment = other as InterviewAppointment; 70.        if (appointment != null) 71.        { 72.            ApplicantID = appointment.ApplicantID; 73.            PostingID = appointment.PostingID; 74.            Body = appointment.Body; 75.            InterviewID = appointment.InterviewID; 76.        } 77.    } 78.} Nothing too exciting going on here, we just make sure that our custom fields are persisted (specifically set in CopyFrom at the bottom) and notifications are fired- otherwise this ends up exactly like the standard appointment as far as interactions, etc.  But if we've got custom appointment items... that also means we need to customize what our appointment dialog window will look like. Customizing the Edit Appointment Dialog This initially sounds a lot more intimidating than it really is.  The first step here depends on what you're dealing with for theming, but for ease of everything I went ahead and extracted my templates in Blend for RadScheduler so I could modify it as I pleased.  For the faint of heart, the RadScheduler template is a few thousand lines of goodness since there are some very complex things going on in that control.  I've gone ahead and trimmed down the template parts I don't need as much as possible, so what is left is all that is relevant to the Edit Appointment Dialog.  Here's the resulting Xaml, with line numbers, so I can explain further: 001.<UserControl.Resources> 002.    <!-- begin Necessary Windows 7 Theme Resources for EditAppointmentTemplate --> 003.    <helpers:DataContextProxy x:Key="DataContextProxy" /> 004.       005.    <telerik:Windows7Theme x:Key="Theme" /> 006.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="DialogWindowBackground" 007.                     Color="White" /> 008.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="CategorySelectorBorderBrush" 009.                     Color="#FFB1B1B1" /> 010.    <LinearGradientBrush x:Key="RadToolBar_InnerBackground" 011.                         EndPoint="0.5,1" 012.                         StartPoint="0.5,0"> 013.        <GradientStop Color="#FFFDFEFF" 014.                      Offset="0" /> 015.        <GradientStop Color="#FFDDE9F7" 016.                      Offset="1" /> 017.        <GradientStop Color="#FFE6F0FA" 018.                      Offset="0.5" /> 019.        <GradientStop Color="#FFDCE6F4" 020.                      Offset="0.5" /> 021.    </LinearGradientBrush> 022.    <Style x:Key="FormElementTextBlockStyle" 023.           TargetType="TextBlock"> 024.        <Setter Property="HorizontalAlignment" 025.                Value="Right" /> 026.        <Setter Property="VerticalAlignment" 027.                Value="Top" /> 028.        <Setter Property="Margin" 029.                Value="15, 15, 0, 2" /> 030.    </Style> 031.    <Style x:Key="FormElementStyle" 032.           TargetType="FrameworkElement"> 033.        <Setter Property="Margin" 034.                Value="10, 10, 0, 2" /> 035.    </Style> 036.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="GenericShallowBorderBrush" 037.                     Color="#FF979994" /> 038.    <telerik:BooleanToVisibilityConverter x:Key="BooleanToVisibilityConverter" /> 039.    <telerikScheduler:ImportanceToBooleanConverter x:Key="ImportanceToBooleanConverter" /> 040.    <telerikScheduler:NullToVisibilityConverter x:Key="NullToVisibilityConverter" /> 041.    <telerikScheduler:InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter x:Key="InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter" /> 042.    <scheduler:ResourcesSeparatorConverter x:Key="ResourcesSeparatorConverter" /> 043.    <DataTemplate x:Key="IconDataEditTemplate"> 044.        <Image Source="/Telerik.Windows.Controls.Scheduler;component/Themes/Office/Images/cal.png" 045.               Margin="3,3,0,0" 046.               Width="16" 047.               Height="16" /> 048.    </DataTemplate> 049.    <DataTemplate x:Key="SingleSelectionTemplate"> 050.        <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 051.              HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"> 052.            <Grid.RowDefinitions> 053.                <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 054.            </Grid.RowDefinitions> 055.            <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 056.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 057.                                  MinWidth="84" /> 058.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 059.                                  MinWidth="200" /> 060.            </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 061.            <TextBlock x:Name="SelectionNameLabel" 062.                       Margin="0,13,4,2" 063.                       Text="{Binding ResourceType.DisplayName}" 064.                       Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" 065.                       Grid.Column="0" /> 066.            <telerikInput:RadComboBox ItemsSource="{Binding ResourceItems}" 067.                                      Width="185" 068.                                      Margin="5,10,20,2" 069.                                      HorizontalAlignment="Left" 070.                                      Grid.Column="1" 071.                                      ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 072.                                      ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear All" 073.                                      DisplayMemberPath="Resource.DisplayName" 074.                                      telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 075.                                      SelectedItem="{Binding SelectedItem, Mode=TwoWay}" /> 076.        </Grid> 077.    </DataTemplate> 078.    <DataTemplate x:Key="MultipleSelectionTemplate"> 079.        <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 080.              HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"> 081.            <Grid.RowDefinitions> 082.                <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 083.            </Grid.RowDefinitions> 084.            <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 085.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 086.                                  MinWidth="84" /> 087.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 088.                                  MinWidth="200" /> 089.            </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 090.            <TextBlock x:Name="SelectionNameLabel" 091.                       Grid.Column="0" 092.                       Text="{Binding ResourceType.DisplayName}" 093.                       Margin="0,13,4,2" 094.                       Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 095.            <telerikInput:RadComboBox Grid.Column="1" 096.                                      Width="185" 097.                                      HorizontalAlignment="Left" 098.                                      Margin="5,10,20,2" 099.                                      ItemsSource="{Binding ResourceItems}" 100.                                      SelectedIndex="{Binding SelectedIndex, Mode=TwoWay}" 101.                                      ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 102.                                      ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear All" 103.                                      telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}"> 104.                <telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 105.                    <DataTemplate> 106.                        <Grid HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 107.                              VerticalAlignment="Stretch"> 108.                            <CheckBox VerticalAlignment="Center" 109.                                      HorizontalContentAlignment="Stretch" 110.                                      VerticalContentAlignment="Center" 111.                                      IsChecked="{Binding IsChecked, Mode=TwoWay}" 112.                                      Content="{Binding Resource.DisplayName}"> 113.                                <CheckBox.ContentTemplate> 114.                                    <DataTemplate> 115.                                        <TextBlock HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 116.                                                   VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 117.                                                   Text="{Binding Content, RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent}}" /> 118.                                    </DataTemplate> 119.                                </CheckBox.ContentTemplate> 120.                            </CheckBox> 121.                        </Grid> 122.                    </DataTemplate> 123.                </telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 124.            </telerikInput:RadComboBox> 125.        </Grid> 126.    </DataTemplate> 127.    <scheduler:ResourceTypeTemplateSelector x:Key="ItemTemplateSelector" 128.                                            MultipleSelectionTemplate="{StaticResource MultipleSelectionTemplate}" 129.                                            SingleSelectionTemplate="{StaticResource SingleSelectionTemplate}" /> 130.    <!-- end Necessary Windows 7 Theme Resources for EditAppointmentTemplate -->  131.       132.    <ControlTemplate x:Key="EditAppointmentTemplate" 133.                     TargetType="telerikScheduler:AppointmentDialogWindow"> 134.        <StackPanel Background="{TemplateBinding Background}" 135.                    UseLayoutRounding="True"> 136.            <StackPanel Grid.Row="0" 137.                        Orientation="Horizontal" 138.                        Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 139.                        Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 140.                        Height="0"> 141.                <!-- Recurrence buttons --> 142.                <Border Margin="1,1,0,0" 143.                        Background="#50000000" 144.                        HorizontalAlignment="Left" 145.                        VerticalAlignment="Center" 146.                        Width="2" 147.                        Height="16"> 148.                    <Border Margin="0,0,1,1" 149.                            Background="#80FFFFFF" 150.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 151.                            Width="1" /> 152.                </Border> 153.                <Border Margin="1,1,0,0" 154.                        Background="#50000000" 155.                        HorizontalAlignment="Left" 156.                        VerticalAlignment="Center" 157.                        Width="2" 158.                        Height="16"> 159.                    <Border Margin="0,0,1,1" 160.                            Background="#80FFFFFF" 161.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 162.                            Width="1" /> 163.                </Border> 164.                <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="ShowAs" 165.                           VerticalAlignment="Center" 166.                           Margin="5,0,0,0" /> 167.                <telerikInput:RadComboBox ItemsSource="{TemplateBinding TimeMarkers}" 168.                                          Width="100" 169.                                          Height="20" 170.                                          VerticalAlignment="Center" 171.                                          Margin="5,0,0,0" 172.                                          ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 173.                                          ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear" 174.                                          SelectedItem="{Binding TimeMarker,RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent},Mode=TwoWay}" 175.                                          telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}"> 176.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 177.                        <DataTemplate> 178.                            <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal"> 179.                                <Rectangle Fill="{Binding TimeMarkerBrush}" 180.                                           Margin="2" 181.                                           Width="12" 182.                                           Height="12" /> 183.                                <TextBlock Text="{Binding TimeMarkerName}" 184.                                           Margin="2" /> 185.                            </StackPanel> 186.                        </DataTemplate> 187.                    </telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 188.                </telerikInput:RadComboBox> 189.                <telerik:RadToggleButton x:Name="High" 190.                                         BorderThickness="0" 191.                                         Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 192.                                         DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 193.                                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 194.                                         IsChecked="{Binding Importance,Mode=TwoWay, Converter={StaticResource ImportanceToBooleanConverter},ConverterParameter=High}" 195.                                         Margin="2,2,0,2" 196.                                         Width="23" 197.                                         Height="23" 198.                                         HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" 199.                                         ToolTipService.ToolTip="High importance" 200.                                         CommandParameter="High" 201.                                         Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SetAppointmentImportance"> 202.                    <StackPanel HorizontalAlignment="Center"> 203.                        <Path Stretch="Fill" 204.                              Height="10" 205.                              HorizontalAlignment="Center" 206.                              VerticalAlignment="Top" 207.                              Width="5.451" 208.                              Data="M200.39647,58.840393 C200.39337,58.336426 201.14566,57.683922 202.56244,57.684292 C204.06589,57.684685 204.73764,58.357765 204.72783,58.992363 C205.04649,61.795574 203.04713,64.181099 202.47388,66.133446 C201.93753,64.154961 199.9471,61.560352 200.39647,58.840393 z"> 209.                            <Path.Fill> 210.                                <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="1.059,0.375" 211.                                                     StartPoint="-0.457,0.519"> 212.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFFF0606" 213.                                                  Offset="0.609" /> 214.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFBF0303" 215.                                                  Offset="0.927" /> 216.                                </LinearGradientBrush> 217.                            </Path.Fill> 218.                        </Path> 219.                        <Ellipse Height="3" 220.                                 HorizontalAlignment="Center" 221.                                 Margin="0,-1,0,0" 222.                                 VerticalAlignment="Top" 223.                                 Width="3"> 224.                            <Ellipse.Fill> 225.                                <RadialGradientBrush> 226.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFFF0606" 227.                                                  Offset="0" /> 228.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFBF0303" 229.                                                  Offset="1" /> 230.                                </RadialGradientBrush> 231.                            </Ellipse.Fill> 232.                        </Ellipse> 233.                    </StackPanel> 234.                </telerik:RadToggleButton> 235.                <telerik:RadToggleButton x:Name="Low" 236.                                         HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" 237.                                         BorderThickness="0" 238.                                         Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 239.                                         DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 240.                                         IsChecked="{Binding Importance,Mode=TwoWay, Converter={StaticResource ImportanceToBooleanConverter},ConverterParameter=Low}" 241.                                         Margin="0,2,0,2" 242.                                         Width="23" 243.                                         Height="23" 244.                                         ToolTipService.ToolTip="Low importance" 245.                                         CommandParameter="Low" 246.                                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 247.                                         Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SetAppointmentImportance"> 248.                    <Path Stretch="Fill" 249.                          Height="12" 250.                          HorizontalAlignment="Center" 251.                          VerticalAlignment="Top" 252.                          Width="9" 253.                          Data="M222.40353,60.139881 L226.65768,60.139843 L226.63687,67.240196 L229.15347,67.240196 L224.37816,71.394943 L219.65274,67.240196 L222.37572,67.219345 z" 254.                          Stroke="#FF0365A7"> 255.                        <Path.Fill> 256.                            <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="1.059,0.375" 257.                                                 StartPoint="-0.457,0.519"> 258.                                <GradientStop Color="#FFBBE4FF" /> 259.                                <GradientStop Color="#FF024572" 260.                                              Offset="0.836" /> 261.                                <GradientStop Color="#FF43ADF4" 262.                                              Offset="0.466" /> 263.                            </LinearGradientBrush> 264.                        </Path.Fill> 265.                    </Path> 266.                </telerik:RadToggleButton> 267.            </StackPanel > 268.            <Border DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 269.                    Background="{Binding Category.CategoryBrush}" 270.                    Visibility="{Binding Category,Converter={StaticResource NullToVisibilityConverter}}" 271.                    CornerRadius="3" 272.                    Height="20" 273.                    Margin="5,10,5,0"> 274.                <TextBlock Text="{Binding Category.DisplayName}" 275.                           VerticalAlignment="Center" 276.                           Margin="5,0,0,0" /> 277.            </Border> 278.            <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 279.                  HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 280.                  DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 281.                  Background="{TemplateBinding Background}"> 282.                <Grid.RowDefinitions> 283.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 284.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 285.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 286.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 287.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 288.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 289.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 290.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 291.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 292.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 293.                </Grid.RowDefinitions> 294.                <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 295.                    <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 296.                                      MinWidth="100" /> 297.                    <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 298.                                      MinWidth="200" /> 299.                </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 300.                <!-- Subject --> 301.                <TextBlock x:Name="SubjectLabel" 302.                           Grid.Row="0" 303.                           Grid.Column="0" 304.                           Margin="0,15,0,2" 305.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Subject" 306.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 307.                <TextBox x:Name="Subject" 308.                         Grid.Row="0" 309.                         Grid.Column="1" 310.                         MinHeight="22" 311.                         Padding="4 2" 312.                         Width="340" 313.                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 314.                         Text="{Binding Subject, Mode=TwoWay}" 315.                         MaxLength="255" 316.                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 317.                         Margin="10,12,20,2" /> 318.                <!-- Description --> 319.                <TextBlock x:Name="DescriptionLabel" 320.                           Grid.Row="1" 321.                           Grid.Column="0" 322.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 323.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Body" 324.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 325.                <TextBox x:Name="Body" 326.                         VerticalAlignment="top" 327.                         Grid.Row="1" 328.                         Grid.Column="1" 329.                         Height="Auto" 330.                         MaxHeight="82" 331.                         Width="340" 332.                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 333.                         MinHeight="22" 334.                         Padding="4 2" 335.                         TextWrapping="Wrap" 336.                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 337.                         Text="{Binding Body, Mode=TwoWay}" 338.                         AcceptsReturn="true" 339.                         Margin="10,10,20,2" 340.                         HorizontalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 341.                         VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" /> 342.                <!-- Start/End date --> 343.                <TextBlock x:Name="StartDateLabel" 344.                           Grid.Row="2" 345.                           Grid.Column="0" 346.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 347.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="StartTime" 348.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 349.                <telerikScheduler:DateTimePicker x:Name="StartDateTime" 350.                                                 Height="22" 351.                                                 Grid.Row="2" 352.                                                 Grid.Column="1" 353.                                                 HorizontalAlignment="Left" 354.                                                 Margin="10,10,20,2" 355.                                                 Style="{StaticResource FormElementStyle}" 356.                                                 SelectedDateTime="{Binding Start, Mode=TwoWay}" 357.                                                 telerikScheduler:StartEndDatePicker.EndPicker="{Binding ElementName=EndDateTime}" 358.                                                 IsTabStop="False" 359.                                                 IsEnabled="False" /> 360.                <TextBlock x:Name="EndDateLabel" 361.                           Grid.Row="3" 362.                           Grid.Column="0" 363.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 364.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="EndTime" 365.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 366.                <telerikScheduler:DateTimePicker x:Name="EndDateTime" 367.                                                 Height="22" 368.                                                 Grid.Row="3" 369.                                                 Grid.Column="1" 370.                                                 HorizontalAlignment="Left" 371.                                                 Margin="10,10,20,2" 372.                                                 Style="{StaticResource FormElementStyle}" 373.                                                 IsTabStop="False" 374.                                                 IsEnabled="False" 375.                                                 SelectedDateTime="{Binding End, Mode=TwoWay}" /> 376.                <!-- Is-all-day selector --> 377.                <CheckBox x:Name="AllDayEventCheckbox" 378.                          IsChecked="{Binding IsAllDayEvent, Mode=TwoWay}" 379.                          Grid.Row="4" 380.                          Grid.Column="1" 381.                          Margin="10,10,20,2" 382.                          HorizontalAlignment="Left" 383.                          telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 384.                          telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="AllDayEvent"> 385.                    <telerik:CommandManager.InputBindings> 386.                        <telerik:InputBindingCollection> 387.                            <telerik:MouseBinding Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.ChangeTimePickersVisibility" 388.                                                  Gesture="LeftClick" /> 389.                        </telerik:InputBindingCollection> 390.                    </telerik:CommandManager.InputBindings> 391.                </CheckBox> 392.                <Grid Grid.Row="5" 393.                      Grid.ColumnSpan="2"> 394.                    <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 395.                        <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 396.                                          MinWidth="100" /> 397.                        <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 398.                                          MinWidth="200" /> 399.                    </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 400.                    <Grid.RowDefinitions> 401.                        <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 402.                        <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 403.                    </Grid.RowDefinitions> 404.                    <TextBlock Text="Applicant" 405.                               Margin="0,13,0,2" 406.                               Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 407.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox IsEditable="False" 408.                                              Grid.Column="1" 409.                                              Height="24" 410.                                              VerticalAlignment="Center" 411.                                              ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource DataContextProxy}, Path=DataSource.ApplicantList}" 412.                                              SelectedValue="{Binding ApplicantID, Mode=TwoWay}" 413.                                              SelectedValuePath="ApplicantID" 414.                                              DisplayMemberPath="FirstName" /> 415.                       416.                    <TextBlock Text="Job" 417.                               Margin="0,13,0,2" 418.                               Grid.Row="1" 419.                               Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 420.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox IsEditable="False" 421.                                              Grid.Column="1" 422.                                              Grid.Row="1" 423.                                              Height="24" 424.                                              VerticalAlignment="Center" 425.                                              ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource DataContextProxy}, Path=DataSource.JobsList}" 426.                                              SelectedValue="{Binding PostingID, Mode=TwoWay}" 427.                                              SelectedValuePath="PostingID" 428.                                              DisplayMemberPath="JobTitle"/> 429.                </Grid> 430.                    <!-- Resources --> 431.                <Grid x:Name="ResourcesLayout" 432.                      Grid.Row="7" 433.                      Grid.Column="0" 434.                      Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 435.                      MaxHeight="130" 436.                      Margin="20,5,20,0"> 437.                    <Border Margin="0" 438.                            BorderThickness="1" 439.                            BorderBrush="{StaticResource GenericShallowBorderBrush}" 440.                            Visibility="{Binding ElementName=ResourcesScrollViewer, Path=ComputedVerticalScrollBarVisibility}"></Border> 441.                    <ScrollViewer x:Name="ResourcesScrollViewer" 442.                                  IsTabStop="false" 443.                                  Grid.Row="6" 444.                                  Grid.Column="0" 445.                                  Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 446.                                  Margin="1" 447.                                  telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 448.                                  VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto"> 449.                        <scheduler:ResourcesItemsControl x:Name="PART_Resources" 450.                                                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 451.                                                         Padding="0,2,0,5" 452.                                                         IsTabStop="false" 453.                                                         ItemsSource="{TemplateBinding ResourceTypeModels}" 454.                                                         ItemTemplateSelector="{StaticResource ItemTemplateSelector}" /> 455.                    </ScrollViewer> 456.                </Grid> 457.                <StackPanel x:Name="FooterControls" 458.                            Margin="5 10 10 10" 459.                            Grid.Row="8" 460.                            Grid.Column="1" 461.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 462.                            Orientation="Horizontal"> 463.                    <telerik:RadButton x:Name="OKButton" 464.                                       Margin="5" 465.                                       Padding="10 0" 466.                                       MinWidth="80" 467.                                       Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SaveAppointment" 468.                                       telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 469.                                       telerikNavigation:RadWindow.ResponseButton="Accept" 470.                                       telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="SaveAndCloseCommandText"> 471.                    </telerik:RadButton> 472.                    <telerik:RadButton x:Name="CancelButton" 473.                                       Margin="5" 474.                                       Padding="10 0" 475.                                       MinWidth="80" 476.                                       telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Cancel" 477.                                       telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 478.                                       telerikNavigation:RadWindow.ResponseButton="Cancel" 479.                                       Command="telerik:WindowCommands.Close"> 480.                    </telerik:RadButton> 481.                </StackPanel> 482.            </Grid> 483.            <vsm:VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> 484.                <vsm:VisualStateGroup x:Name="RecurrenceRuleState"> 485.                    <vsm:VisualState x:Name="RecurrenceRuleIsNull"> 486.                        <Storyboard> 487.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="StartDateTime" 488.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 489.                                                           Duration="0"> 490.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 491.                                                        Value="True" /> 492.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 493.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="EndDateTime" 494.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 495.                                                           Duration="0"> 496.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 497.                                                        Value="True" /> 498.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 499.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="AllDayEventCheckbox" 500.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 501.                                                           Duration="0"> 502.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 503.                                                        Value="True" /> 504.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 505.                        </Storyboard> 506.                    </vsm:VisualState> 507.                    <vsm:VisualState x:Name="RecurrenceRuleIsNotNull"> 508.                        <Storyboard> 509.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="StartDateTime" 510.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 511.                                                           Duration="0"> 512.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 513.                                                        Value="False" /> 514.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 515.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="EndDateTime" 516.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 517.                                                           Duration="0"> 518.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 519.                                                        Value="False" /> 520.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 521.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="AllDayEventCheckbox" 522.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 523.                                                           Duration="0"> 524.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 525.                                                        Value="False" /> 526.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 527.                        </Storyboard> 528.                    </vsm:VisualState> 529.                </vsm:VisualStateGroup> 530.            </vsm:VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> 531.        </StackPanel> 532.    </ControlTemplate> 533.    <DataTemplate x:Key="AppointmentDialogWindowHeaderDataTemplate"> 534.        <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" 535.                    MaxWidth="400"> 536.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Event" 537.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.IsAllDayEvent, Converter={StaticResource BooleanToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 538.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Appointment" 539.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.IsAllDayEvent, Converter={StaticResource InvertedBooleanToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 540.            <TextBlock Text=" - " /> 541.            <TextBlock x:Name="SubjectTextBlock" 542.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.Subject, Converter={StaticResource NullToVisibilityConverter}}" 543.                       Text="{Binding Appointment.Subject}" /> 544.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Untitled" 545.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.Subject, Converter={StaticResource InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 546.        </StackPanel> 547.    </DataTemplate> 548.    <Style x:Key="EditAppointmentStyle" 549.           TargetType="telerikScheduler:AppointmentDialogWindow"> 550.        <Setter Property="IconTemplate" 551.                Value="{StaticResource IconDataEditTemplate}" /> 552.        <Setter Property="HeaderTemplate" 553.                Value="{StaticResource AppointmentDialogWindowHeaderDataTemplate}" /> 554.        <Setter Property="Background" 555.                Value="{StaticResource DialogWindowBackground}" /> 556.        <Setter Property="Template" 557.                Value="{StaticResource EditAppointmentTemplate}" /> 558.    </Style> 559.</UserControl.Resources> The first line there is the DataContextProxy I mentioned previously- we use that again to work a bit of magic in this template. Where we start getting into the dialog in question is line 132, but line 407 is where things start getting interesting.  The ItemsSource is pointing at a list that exists in my ViewModel (or code-behind, if it is used as a DataContext), the SelectedValue is the item I am actually binding from the applicant (note the TwoWay binding), and SelectedValuePath and DisplayMemberPath ensure the proper applicant is being displayed from the collection.  You will also see similar starting on line 420 where I do the same for the Jobs we'll be displaying. Just to wrap-up the Xaml, here's the RadScheduler declaraction that ties this all together and will be the main focus of our view: 01.<telerikScheduler:RadScheduler x:Name="xJobsScheduler" 02.                  Grid.Row="1" 03.                  Grid.Column="1" 04.                  Width="800" 05.                  MinWidth="600" 06.                  Height="500" 07.                  MinHeight="300" 08.                  AppointmentsSource="{Binding Interviews}" 09.                  EditAppointmentStyle="{StaticResource EditAppointmentStyle}" 10.                  command:AppointmentAddedEventClass.Command="{Binding AddAppointmentCommand}" 11.                  command:ApptCreatedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptCreatingCommand}" 12.                  command:ApptEditedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptEditedCommand}" 13.                  command:ApptDeletedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptDeletedCommand}"> 14.</telerikScheduler:RadScheduler> Now, we get to the ViewModel and what it takes to get that rigged up.  And for those of you who remember the jobs post, those command:s in the Xaml are pointing to attached behavior commands that reproduce the respective events.  This becomes very handy when we're setting up the code-behind version. ;) ViewModel I've been liking this approach so far, so I'm going to put the entire ViewModel here and then go into the lines of interest.  Of course, feel free to ask me questions about anything that isn't clear (by line number, ideally) so I can help out if I have missed anything important: 001.public class SchedulerViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.    private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.    private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005.   006.    public RecruitingContext context; 007.   008.    private ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> _interviews = new ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment>(); 009.    public ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> Interviews 010.    { 011.        get { return _interviews; } 012.        set 013.        { 014.            if (_interviews != value) 015.            { 016.                _interviews = value; 017.                NotifyChanged("Interviews"); 018.            } 019.        } 020.    } 021.   022.    private QueryableCollectionView _jobsList; 023.    public QueryableCollectionView JobsList 024.    { 025.        get { return this._jobsList; } 026.        set 027.        { 028.            if (this._jobsList != value) 029.            { 030.                this._jobsList = value; 031.                this.NotifyChanged("JobsList"); 032.            } 033.        } 034.    } 035.   036.    private QueryableCollectionView _applicantList; 037.    public QueryableCollectionView ApplicantList 038.    { 039.        get { return _applicantList; } 040.        set 041.        { 042.            if (_applicantList != value) 043.            { 044.                _applicantList = value; 045.                NotifyChanged("ApplicantList"); 046.            } 047.        } 048.    } 049.   050.    public DelegateCommand<object> AddAppointmentCommand { get; set; } 051.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptCreatingCommand { get; set; } 052.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptEditedCommand { get; set; } 053.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptDeletedCommand { get; set; } 054.   055.    public SchedulerViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 056.    { 057.        // set Unity items 058.        this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 059.        this.regionManager = regionmanager; 060.   061.        // load our context 062.        context = new RecruitingContext(); 063.        LoadOperation<Interview> loadOp = context.Load(context.GetInterviewsQuery()); 064.        loadOp.Completed += new EventHandler(loadOp_Completed); 065.   066.        this._jobsList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 067.        context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 068.   069.        this._applicantList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.Applicants); 070.        context.Load(context.GetApplicantsQuery()); 071.   072.        AddAppointmentCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddAppt); 073.        ApptCreatingCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptCreating); 074.        ApptEditedCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptEdited); 075.        ApptDeletedCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptDeleted); 076.   077.    } 078.   079.    void loadOp_Completed(object sender, EventArgs e) 080.    { 081.        LoadOperation loadop = sender as LoadOperation; 082.   083.        foreach (var ent in loadop.Entities) 084.        { 085.            _interviews.Add(EntityToAppointment(ent as Interview)); 086.        } 087.    } 088.   089.    #region Appointment Adding 090.   091.    public void AddAppt(object obj) 092.    { 093.        // now we have a new InterviewAppointment to add to our QCV :) 094.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = obj as InterviewAppointment; 095.   096.        this.context.Interviews.Add(AppointmentToEntity(newInterview)); 097.        this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 098.        { 099.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 100.            myAction.InterviewID = newInterview.InterviewID; 101.            myAction.PostingID = newInterview.PostingID; 102.            myAction.ApplicantID = newInterview.ApplicantID; 103.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been created by {1}", newInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 104.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 105.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 106.        } 107.            , null); 108.    } 109.   110.    public void ApptCreating(object obj) 111.    { 112.        // handled in the behavior, just a placeholder to ensure it runs :) 113.    } 114.   115.    #endregion 116.   117.    #region Appointment Editing 118.   119.    public void ApptEdited(object obj) 120.    { 121.        Interview editedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 122.                            where x.InterviewID == (obj as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 123.                            select x).SingleOrDefault(); 124.   125.        CopyAppointmentEdit(editedInterview, obj as InterviewAppointment); 126.   127.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => { 128.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 129.            myAction.InterviewID = editedInterview.InterviewID; 130.            myAction.PostingID = editedInterview.PostingID; 131.            myAction.ApplicantID = editedInterview.ApplicantID; 132.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been modified by {1}", editedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 133.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 134.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); } 135.            , null); 136.    } 137.   138.    #endregion 139.   140.    #region Appointment Deleting 141.   142.    public void ApptDeleted(object obj) 143.    { 144.        Interview deletedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 145.                                      where x.InterviewID == (obj as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 146.                                      select x).SingleOrDefault(); 147.   148.        context.Interviews.Remove(deletedInterview); 149.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 150.        { 151.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 152.            myAction.InterviewID = deletedInterview.InterviewID; 153.            myAction.PostingID = deletedInterview.PostingID; 154.            myAction.ApplicantID = deletedInterview.ApplicantID; 155.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been deleted by {1}", deletedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 156.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 157.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 158.        } 159.            , null); 160.    } 161.   162.    #endregion 163.   164.    #region Appointment Helpers :) 165.   166.    public Interview AppointmentToEntity(InterviewAppointment ia) 167.    { 168.        Interview newInterview = new Interview(); 169.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 170.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 171.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 172.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 173.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 174.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 175.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 176.   177.        return newInterview; 178.    } 179.   180.    public InterviewAppointment EntityToAppointment(Interview ia) 181.    { 182.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = new InterviewAppointment(); 183.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 184.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 185.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 186.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 187.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 188.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 189.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 190.   191.        return newInterview; 192.    } 193.   194.    public void CopyAppointmentEdit(Interview entityInterview, InterviewAppointment appointmentInterview) 195.    { 196.        entityInterview.Subject = appointmentInterview.Subject; 197.        entityInterview.Body = appointmentInterview.Body; 198.        entityInterview.Start = appointmentInterview.Start; 199.        entityInterview.End = appointmentInterview.End; 200.        entityInterview.ApplicantID = appointmentInterview.ApplicantID; 201.        entityInterview.PostingID = appointmentInterview.PostingID; 202.    } 203.   204.    #endregion 205.} One thing we're doing here which you won't see in any of the other ViewModels is creating a duplicate collection.  I know this is something which will be fixed down the line for using RadScheduler, simplifying this process, but with WCF RIA changing as it does I wanted to ensure functionality would remain consistent as I continued development on this application.  So, I do a little bit of duplication, but for the greater good.  This all takes place starting on line 79, so for every entity that comes back we add it to the collection that is bound to RadScheduler.  Otherwise, the DelegateCommands that you see correspond directly to the events they are named after.  In each case, rather than sending over the full event arguments, I just send in the appointment in question (coming through as the object obj in all cases) so I can add (line 91), edit (line 119), and delete appointments (line 142) like normal.  This just ensures they get updated back to my database.  Also, the one bit of code you won't see is for the Appointment Creating (line 110) event- that is because in the command I've created I simply make the replacement I need to: 1.void element_AppointmentCreating(object sender, AppointmentCreatingEventArgs e) 2.{ 3.    e.NewAppointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 4.    base.ExecuteCommand(); 5.} And the ViewModel is none the wiser, the appointments just work as far as it is concerned since as they are created they become InterviewAppointments.  End result?  I've customized my EditAppointmentDialog as follows: And adding, editing, and deleting appointments works like a charm.  I can even 'edit' by moving appointments around RadScheduler, so as they are dropped into a timeslot they perform their full edit routine and things get updated. And then, the Code-Behind Version Perhaps the thing I like the most about doing one then the other is I get to steal 90% or more of the code from the MVVM version.  For example, the only real changes to the Code-Behind Xaml file exist in the control declaration, in which I use events instead of attached-behavior-event-commands: 01.<telerikScheduler:RadScheduler x:Name="xJobsScheduler" 02.                  Grid.Row="1" 03.                  Grid.Column="1" 04.                  Width="800" 05.                  MinWidth="600" 06.                  Height="500" 07.                  MinHeight="300" 08.                  EditAppointmentStyle="{StaticResource EditAppointmentStyle}" 09.                  AppointmentAdded="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentAdded" 10.                  AppointmentCreating="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentCreating" 11.                  AppointmentEdited="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentEdited" 12.                  AppointmentDeleted="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentDeleted"> 13.</telerikScheduler:RadScheduler> Easy, right?  Otherwise, all the same styling in UserControl.Resources was re-used, right down to the DataContextProxy that lets us bind to a collection from our viewmodel (in this case, our code-behind) to use within the DataTemplate.  The code conversion gets even easier, as I could literally copy and paste almost everything from the ViewModel to my Code-Behind, just a matter of pasting the right section into the right event.  Here's the code-behind as proof: 001.public partial class SchedulingView : UserControl, INotifyPropertyChanged 002.{ 003.    public RecruitingContext context; 004.   005.    private QueryableCollectionView _jobsList; 006.    public QueryableCollectionView JobsList 007.    { 008.        get { return this._jobsList; } 009.        set 010.        { 011.            if (this._jobsList != value) 012.            { 013.                this._jobsList = value; 014.                this.NotifyChanged("JobsList"); 015.            } 016.        } 017.    } 018.   019.    private QueryableCollectionView _applicantList; 020.    public QueryableCollectionView ApplicantList 021.    { 022.        get { return _applicantList; } 023.        set 024.        { 025.            if (_applicantList != value) 026.            { 027.                _applicantList = value; 028.                NotifyChanged("ApplicantList"); 029.            } 030.        } 031.    } 032.   033.    private ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> _interviews = new ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment>(); 034.    public ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> Interviews 035.    { 036.        get { return _interviews; } 037.        set 038.        { 039.            if (_interviews != value) 040.            { 041.                _interviews = value; 042.                NotifyChanged("Interviews"); 043.            } 044.        } 045.    } 046.   047.    public SchedulingView() 048.    { 049.        InitializeComponent(); 050.   051.        this.DataContext = this; 052.   053.        this.Loaded += new RoutedEventHandler(SchedulingView_Loaded); 054.    } 055.   056.    void SchedulingView_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 057.    { 058.        this.xJobsScheduler.AppointmentsSource = Interviews; 059.   060.        context = new RecruitingContext(); 061.           062.        LoadOperation loadop = context.Load(context.GetInterviewsQuery()); 063.        loadop.Completed += new EventHandler(loadop_Completed); 064.   065.        this._applicantList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.Applicants); 066.        context.Load(context.GetApplicantsQuery()); 067.   068.        this._jobsList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 069.        context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 070.    } 071.   072.    void loadop_Completed(object sender, EventArgs e) 073.    { 074.        LoadOperation loadop = sender as LoadOperation; 075.   076.        _interviews.Clear(); 077.   078.        foreach (var ent in loadop.Entities) 079.        { 080.            _interviews.Add(EntityToAppointment(ent as Interview)); 081.        } 082.    } 083.   084.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentAdded(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentAddedEventArgs e) 085.    { 086.        // now we have a new InterviewAppointment to add to our QCV :) 087.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment; 088.   089.        this.context.Interviews.Add(AppointmentToEntity(newInterview)); 090.        this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 091.        { 092.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 093.            myAction.InterviewID = newInterview.InterviewID; 094.            myAction.PostingID = newInterview.PostingID; 095.            myAction.ApplicantID = newInterview.ApplicantID; 096.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been created by {1}", newInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 097.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 098.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 099.            context.SubmitChanges(); 100.        } 101.            , null); 102.    } 103.   104.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentCreating(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentCreatingEventArgs e) 105.    { 106.        e.NewAppointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 107.    } 108.   109.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentEdited(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentEditedEventArgs e) 110.    { 111.        Interview editedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 112.                                     where x.InterviewID == (e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 113.                                     select x).SingleOrDefault(); 114.   115.        CopyAppointmentEdit(editedInterview, e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment); 116.   117.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 118.        { 119.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 120.            myAction.InterviewID = editedInterview.InterviewID; 121.            myAction.PostingID = editedInterview.PostingID; 122.            myAction.ApplicantID = editedInterview.ApplicantID; 123.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been modified by {1}", editedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 124.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 125.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 126.            context.SubmitChanges(); 127.        } 128.            , null); 129.    } 130.   131.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentDeleted(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentDeletedEventArgs e) 132.    { 133.        Interview deletedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 134.                                      where x.InterviewID == (e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 135.                                      select x).SingleOrDefault(); 136.   137.        context.Interviews.Remove(deletedInterview); 138.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 139.        { 140.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 141.            myAction.InterviewID = deletedInterview.InterviewID; 142.            myAction.PostingID = deletedInterview.PostingID; 143.            myAction.ApplicantID = deletedInterview.ApplicantID; 144.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been deleted by {1}", deletedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 145.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 146.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 147.            context.SubmitChanges(); 148.        } 149.            , null); 150.    } 151.   152.    #region Appointment Helpers :) 153.   154.    public Interview AppointmentToEntity(InterviewAppointment ia) 155.    { 156.        Interview newInterview = new Interview(); 157.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 158.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 159.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 160.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 161.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 162.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 163.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 164.   165.        return newInterview; 166.    } 167.   168.    public InterviewAppointment EntityToAppointment(Interview ia) 169.    { 170.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = new InterviewAppointment(); 171.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 172.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 173.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 174.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 175.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 176.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 177.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 178.   179.        return newInterview; 180.    } 181.   182.    public void CopyAppointmentEdit(Interview entityInterview, InterviewAppointment appointmentInterview) 183.    { 184.        entityInterview.Subject = appointmentInterview.Subject; 185.        entityInterview.Body = appointmentInterview.Body; 186.        entityInterview.Start = appointmentInterview.Start; 187.        entityInterview.End = appointmentInterview.End; 188.        entityInterview.ApplicantID = appointmentInterview.ApplicantID; 189.        entityInterview.PostingID = appointmentInterview.PostingID; 190.    } 191.   192.    #endregion 193.   194.    #region INotifyPropertyChanged Members 195.   196.    public event PropertyChangedEventHandler PropertyChanged; 197.   198.    public void NotifyChanged(string propertyName) 199.    { 200.        if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(propertyName)) 201.            throw new ArgumentException("propertyName"); 202.   203.        PropertyChanged(this, new PropertyChangedEventArgs(propertyName)); 204.    } 205.   206.    #endregion 207.} Nice... right? :) One really important thing to note as well.  See on line 51 where I set the DataContext before the Loaded event?  This is super important, as if you don't have this set before the usercontrol is loaded, the DataContextProxy has no context to use and your EditAppointmentDialog Job/Applicant dropdowns will be blank and empty.  Trust me on this, took a little bit of debugging to figure out that by setting the DataContext post-loaded would only lead to disaster and frustration.  Otherwise, the only other real difference is that instead of sending an ActionHistory item through an event to get added to the database and saved, I do those right in the callback from submitting.  The Result Again, I only have to post one picture because these bad boys used nearly identical code for both the MVVM and the code-behind views, so our end result is... So what have we learned here today?  One, for the most part this MVVM thing is somewhat easy.  Yeah, you sometimes have to write a bunch of extra code, but with the help of a few useful snippits you can turn the process into a pretty streamlined little workflow.  Heck, this story gets even easier as you can see in this blog post by Michael Washington- specifically run a find on 'InvokeCommandAction' and you'll see the section regarding the command on TreeView in Blend 4.  Brilliant!  MVVM never looked so sweet! Otherwise, it is business as usual with RadScheduler for Silverlight whichever path you're choosing for your development.  Between now and the next post, I'll be cleaning up styles a bit (those RadComboBoxes are a little too close to my labels!) and adding some to the RowDetailsViews for Applicants and Jobs, so you can see all the info for an appointment in the dropdown tab view.  Otherwise, we're about ready to call a wrap on this oneDid you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Silverlight Recruiting Application Part 6 - Adding an Interview Scheduling Module/View

    Between the last post and this one I went ahead and carried the ideas for the Jobs module and view into the Applicants module and view- they're both doing more or less the same thing, except with different objects being at their core.  Made for an easy cut-and-paste operation with a few items being switched from one to another.  Now that we have the ability to add postings and applicants, wouldn't it be nice if we could schedule an interview?  Of course it would! Scheduling Module I think you get the drift from previous posts that these project structures start looking somewhat similar.  The interview scheduling module is no different than the rest- it gets a SchedulingModule.cs file at the root that inherits from IModule, and there is a single SchedulerView.xsml and SchedulerViewModel.cs setup for our V+VM.  We have one unique concern as we enter into this- RadScheduler deals with AppointmentsSource, not ItemsSource, so there are some special considerations to take into account when planning this module. First, I need something which inherits from AppointmentBase.  This is the core of the RadScheduler appointment, and if you are planning to do any form of custom appointment, you'll want it to inherit from this.  Then you can add-on functionality as needed.  Here is my addition to the mix, the InterviewAppointment: 01.public class InterviewAppointment : AppointmentBase 02.{ 03.    private int _applicantID; 04.    public int ApplicantID 05.    { 06.        get { return this._applicantID; } 07.        set 08.        { 09.            if (_applicantID != value) 10.            { 11.                _applicantID = value; 12.                OnPropertyChanged("ApplicantID"); 13.            } 14.        } 15.    } 16.   17.    private int _postingID; 18.    public int PostingID 19.    { 20.        get { return _postingID; } 21.        set 22.        { 23.            if (_postingID != value) 24.            { 25.                _postingID = value; 26.                OnPropertyChanged("PostingID"); 27.            } 28.        } 29.    } 30.   31.    private string _body; 32.    public string Body 33.    { 34.        get { return _body; } 35.        set 36.        { 37.            if (_body != value) 38.            { 39.                _body = value; 40.                OnPropertyChanged("Body"); 41.            } 42.        } 43.    } 44.   45.    private int _interviewID; 46.    public int InterviewID 47.    { 48.        get { return _interviewID; } 49.        set 50.        { 51.            if (_interviewID != value) 52.            { 53.                _interviewID = value; 54.                OnPropertyChanged("InterviewID"); 55.            } 56.        } 57.    } 58.   59.    public override IAppointment Copy() 60.    { 61.        IAppointment appointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 62.        appointment.CopyFrom(this);             63.        return appointment; 64.    } 65.   66.    public override void CopyFrom(IAppointment other) 67.    {             68.        base.CopyFrom(other); 69.        var appointment = other as InterviewAppointment; 70.        if (appointment != null) 71.        { 72.            ApplicantID = appointment.ApplicantID; 73.            PostingID = appointment.PostingID; 74.            Body = appointment.Body; 75.            InterviewID = appointment.InterviewID; 76.        } 77.    } 78.} Nothing too exciting going on here, we just make sure that our custom fields are persisted (specifically set in CopyFrom at the bottom) and notifications are fired- otherwise this ends up exactly like the standard appointment as far as interactions, etc.  But if we've got custom appointment items... that also means we need to customize what our appointment dialog window will look like. Customizing the Edit Appointment Dialog This initially sounds a lot more intimidating than it really is.  The first step here depends on what you're dealing with for theming, but for ease of everything I went ahead and extracted my templates in Blend for RadScheduler so I could modify it as I pleased.  For the faint of heart, the RadScheduler template is a few thousand lines of goodness since there are some very complex things going on in that control.  I've gone ahead and trimmed down the template parts I don't need as much as possible, so what is left is all that is relevant to the Edit Appointment Dialog.  Here's the resulting Xaml, with line numbers, so I can explain further: 001.<UserControl.Resources> 002.    <!-- begin Necessary Windows 7 Theme Resources for EditAppointmentTemplate --> 003.    <helpers:DataContextProxy x:Key="DataContextProxy" /> 004.       005.    <telerik:Windows7Theme x:Key="Theme" /> 006.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="DialogWindowBackground" 007.                     Color="White" /> 008.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="CategorySelectorBorderBrush" 009.                     Color="#FFB1B1B1" /> 010.    <LinearGradientBrush x:Key="RadToolBar_InnerBackground" 011.                         EndPoint="0.5,1" 012.                         StartPoint="0.5,0"> 013.        <GradientStop Color="#FFFDFEFF" 014.                      Offset="0" /> 015.        <GradientStop Color="#FFDDE9F7" 016.                      Offset="1" /> 017.        <GradientStop Color="#FFE6F0FA" 018.                      Offset="0.5" /> 019.        <GradientStop Color="#FFDCE6F4" 020.                      Offset="0.5" /> 021.    </LinearGradientBrush> 022.    <Style x:Key="FormElementTextBlockStyle" 023.           TargetType="TextBlock"> 024.        <Setter Property="HorizontalAlignment" 025.                Value="Right" /> 026.        <Setter Property="VerticalAlignment" 027.                Value="Top" /> 028.        <Setter Property="Margin" 029.                Value="15, 15, 0, 2" /> 030.    </Style> 031.    <Style x:Key="FormElementStyle" 032.           TargetType="FrameworkElement"> 033.        <Setter Property="Margin" 034.                Value="10, 10, 0, 2" /> 035.    </Style> 036.    <SolidColorBrush x:Key="GenericShallowBorderBrush" 037.                     Color="#FF979994" /> 038.    <telerik:BooleanToVisibilityConverter x:Key="BooleanToVisibilityConverter" /> 039.    <telerikScheduler:ImportanceToBooleanConverter x:Key="ImportanceToBooleanConverter" /> 040.    <telerikScheduler:NullToVisibilityConverter x:Key="NullToVisibilityConverter" /> 041.    <telerikScheduler:InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter x:Key="InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter" /> 042.    <scheduler:ResourcesSeparatorConverter x:Key="ResourcesSeparatorConverter" /> 043.    <DataTemplate x:Key="IconDataEditTemplate"> 044.        <Image Source="/Telerik.Windows.Controls.Scheduler;component/Themes/Office/Images/cal.png" 045.               Margin="3,3,0,0" 046.               Width="16" 047.               Height="16" /> 048.    </DataTemplate> 049.    <DataTemplate x:Key="SingleSelectionTemplate"> 050.        <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 051.              HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"> 052.            <Grid.RowDefinitions> 053.                <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 054.            </Grid.RowDefinitions> 055.            <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 056.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 057.                                  MinWidth="84" /> 058.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 059.                                  MinWidth="200" /> 060.            </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 061.            <TextBlock x:Name="SelectionNameLabel" 062.                       Margin="0,13,4,2" 063.                       Text="{Binding ResourceType.DisplayName}" 064.                       Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" 065.                       Grid.Column="0" /> 066.            <telerikInput:RadComboBox ItemsSource="{Binding ResourceItems}" 067.                                      Width="185" 068.                                      Margin="5,10,20,2" 069.                                      HorizontalAlignment="Left" 070.                                      Grid.Column="1" 071.                                      ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 072.                                      ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear All" 073.                                      DisplayMemberPath="Resource.DisplayName" 074.                                      telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 075.                                      SelectedItem="{Binding SelectedItem, Mode=TwoWay}" /> 076.        </Grid> 077.    </DataTemplate> 078.    <DataTemplate x:Key="MultipleSelectionTemplate"> 079.        <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 080.              HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"> 081.            <Grid.RowDefinitions> 082.                <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 083.            </Grid.RowDefinitions> 084.            <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 085.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 086.                                  MinWidth="84" /> 087.                <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 088.                                  MinWidth="200" /> 089.            </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 090.            <TextBlock x:Name="SelectionNameLabel" 091.                       Grid.Column="0" 092.                       Text="{Binding ResourceType.DisplayName}" 093.                       Margin="0,13,4,2" 094.                       Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 095.            <telerikInput:RadComboBox Grid.Column="1" 096.                                      Width="185" 097.                                      HorizontalAlignment="Left" 098.                                      Margin="5,10,20,2" 099.                                      ItemsSource="{Binding ResourceItems}" 100.                                      SelectedIndex="{Binding SelectedIndex, Mode=TwoWay}" 101.                                      ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 102.                                      ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear All" 103.                                      telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}"> 104.                <telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 105.                    <DataTemplate> 106.                        <Grid HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 107.                              VerticalAlignment="Stretch"> 108.                            <CheckBox VerticalAlignment="Center" 109.                                      HorizontalContentAlignment="Stretch" 110.                                      VerticalContentAlignment="Center" 111.                                      IsChecked="{Binding IsChecked, Mode=TwoWay}" 112.                                      Content="{Binding Resource.DisplayName}"> 113.                                <CheckBox.ContentTemplate> 114.                                    <DataTemplate> 115.                                        <TextBlock HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 116.                                                   VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 117.                                                   Text="{Binding Content, RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent}}" /> 118.                                    </DataTemplate> 119.                                </CheckBox.ContentTemplate> 120.                            </CheckBox> 121.                        </Grid> 122.                    </DataTemplate> 123.                </telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 124.            </telerikInput:RadComboBox> 125.        </Grid> 126.    </DataTemplate> 127.    <scheduler:ResourceTypeTemplateSelector x:Key="ItemTemplateSelector" 128.                                            MultipleSelectionTemplate="{StaticResource MultipleSelectionTemplate}" 129.                                            SingleSelectionTemplate="{StaticResource SingleSelectionTemplate}" /> 130.    <!-- end Necessary Windows 7 Theme Resources for EditAppointmentTemplate -->  131.       132.    <ControlTemplate x:Key="EditAppointmentTemplate" 133.                     TargetType="telerikScheduler:AppointmentDialogWindow"> 134.        <StackPanel Background="{TemplateBinding Background}" 135.                    UseLayoutRounding="True"> 136.            <StackPanel Grid.Row="0" 137.                        Orientation="Horizontal" 138.                        Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 139.                        Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 140.                        Height="0"> 141.                <!-- Recurrence buttons --> 142.                <Border Margin="1,1,0,0" 143.                        Background="#50000000" 144.                        HorizontalAlignment="Left" 145.                        VerticalAlignment="Center" 146.                        Width="2" 147.                        Height="16"> 148.                    <Border Margin="0,0,1,1" 149.                            Background="#80FFFFFF" 150.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 151.                            Width="1" /> 152.                </Border> 153.                <Border Margin="1,1,0,0" 154.                        Background="#50000000" 155.                        HorizontalAlignment="Left" 156.                        VerticalAlignment="Center" 157.                        Width="2" 158.                        Height="16"> 159.                    <Border Margin="0,0,1,1" 160.                            Background="#80FFFFFF" 161.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 162.                            Width="1" /> 163.                </Border> 164.                <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="ShowAs" 165.                           VerticalAlignment="Center" 166.                           Margin="5,0,0,0" /> 167.                <telerikInput:RadComboBox ItemsSource="{TemplateBinding TimeMarkers}" 168.                                          Width="100" 169.                                          Height="20" 170.                                          VerticalAlignment="Center" 171.                                          Margin="5,0,0,0" 172.                                          ClearSelectionButtonVisibility="Visible" 173.                                          ClearSelectionButtonContent="Clear" 174.                                          SelectedItem="{Binding TimeMarker,RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent},Mode=TwoWay}" 175.                                          telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}"> 176.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 177.                        <DataTemplate> 178.                            <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal"> 179.                                <Rectangle Fill="{Binding TimeMarkerBrush}" 180.                                           Margin="2" 181.                                           Width="12" 182.                                           Height="12" /> 183.                                <TextBlock Text="{Binding TimeMarkerName}" 184.                                           Margin="2" /> 185.                            </StackPanel> 186.                        </DataTemplate> 187.                    </telerikInput:RadComboBox.ItemTemplate> 188.                </telerikInput:RadComboBox> 189.                <telerik:RadToggleButton x:Name="High" 190.                                         BorderThickness="0" 191.                                         Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 192.                                         DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 193.                                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 194.                                         IsChecked="{Binding Importance,Mode=TwoWay, Converter={StaticResource ImportanceToBooleanConverter},ConverterParameter=High}" 195.                                         Margin="2,2,0,2" 196.                                         Width="23" 197.                                         Height="23" 198.                                         HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" 199.                                         ToolTipService.ToolTip="High importance" 200.                                         CommandParameter="High" 201.                                         Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SetAppointmentImportance"> 202.                    <StackPanel HorizontalAlignment="Center"> 203.                        <Path Stretch="Fill" 204.                              Height="10" 205.                              HorizontalAlignment="Center" 206.                              VerticalAlignment="Top" 207.                              Width="5.451" 208.                              Data="M200.39647,58.840393 C200.39337,58.336426 201.14566,57.683922 202.56244,57.684292 C204.06589,57.684685 204.73764,58.357765 204.72783,58.992363 C205.04649,61.795574 203.04713,64.181099 202.47388,66.133446 C201.93753,64.154961 199.9471,61.560352 200.39647,58.840393 z"> 209.                            <Path.Fill> 210.                                <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="1.059,0.375" 211.                                                     StartPoint="-0.457,0.519"> 212.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFFF0606" 213.                                                  Offset="0.609" /> 214.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFBF0303" 215.                                                  Offset="0.927" /> 216.                                </LinearGradientBrush> 217.                            </Path.Fill> 218.                        </Path> 219.                        <Ellipse Height="3" 220.                                 HorizontalAlignment="Center" 221.                                 Margin="0,-1,0,0" 222.                                 VerticalAlignment="Top" 223.                                 Width="3"> 224.                            <Ellipse.Fill> 225.                                <RadialGradientBrush> 226.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFFF0606" 227.                                                  Offset="0" /> 228.                                    <GradientStop Color="#FFBF0303" 229.                                                  Offset="1" /> 230.                                </RadialGradientBrush> 231.                            </Ellipse.Fill> 232.                        </Ellipse> 233.                    </StackPanel> 234.                </telerik:RadToggleButton> 235.                <telerik:RadToggleButton x:Name="Low" 236.                                         HorizontalContentAlignment="Center" 237.                                         BorderThickness="0" 238.                                         Background="{StaticResource RadToolBar_InnerBackground}" 239.                                         DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 240.                                         IsChecked="{Binding Importance,Mode=TwoWay, Converter={StaticResource ImportanceToBooleanConverter},ConverterParameter=Low}" 241.                                         Margin="0,2,0,2" 242.                                         Width="23" 243.                                         Height="23" 244.                                         ToolTipService.ToolTip="Low importance" 245.                                         CommandParameter="Low" 246.                                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 247.                                         Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SetAppointmentImportance"> 248.                    <Path Stretch="Fill" 249.                          Height="12" 250.                          HorizontalAlignment="Center" 251.                          VerticalAlignment="Top" 252.                          Width="9" 253.                          Data="M222.40353,60.139881 L226.65768,60.139843 L226.63687,67.240196 L229.15347,67.240196 L224.37816,71.394943 L219.65274,67.240196 L222.37572,67.219345 z" 254.                          Stroke="#FF0365A7"> 255.                        <Path.Fill> 256.                            <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="1.059,0.375" 257.                                                 StartPoint="-0.457,0.519"> 258.                                <GradientStop Color="#FFBBE4FF" /> 259.                                <GradientStop Color="#FF024572" 260.                                              Offset="0.836" /> 261.                                <GradientStop Color="#FF43ADF4" 262.                                              Offset="0.466" /> 263.                            </LinearGradientBrush> 264.                        </Path.Fill> 265.                    </Path> 266.                </telerik:RadToggleButton> 267.            </StackPanel > 268.            <Border DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 269.                    Background="{Binding Category.CategoryBrush}" 270.                    Visibility="{Binding Category,Converter={StaticResource NullToVisibilityConverter}}" 271.                    CornerRadius="3" 272.                    Height="20" 273.                    Margin="5,10,5,0"> 274.                <TextBlock Text="{Binding Category.DisplayName}" 275.                           VerticalAlignment="Center" 276.                           Margin="5,0,0,0" /> 277.            </Border> 278.            <Grid VerticalAlignment="Stretch" 279.                  HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" 280.                  DataContext="{TemplateBinding EditedAppointment}" 281.                  Background="{TemplateBinding Background}"> 282.                <Grid.RowDefinitions> 283.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 284.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 285.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 286.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 287.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 288.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 289.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 290.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 291.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 292.                    <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 293.                </Grid.RowDefinitions> 294.                <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 295.                    <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 296.                                      MinWidth="100" /> 297.                    <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 298.                                      MinWidth="200" /> 299.                </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 300.                <!-- Subject --> 301.                <TextBlock x:Name="SubjectLabel" 302.                           Grid.Row="0" 303.                           Grid.Column="0" 304.                           Margin="0,15,0,2" 305.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Subject" 306.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 307.                <TextBox x:Name="Subject" 308.                         Grid.Row="0" 309.                         Grid.Column="1" 310.                         MinHeight="22" 311.                         Padding="4 2" 312.                         Width="340" 313.                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 314.                         Text="{Binding Subject, Mode=TwoWay}" 315.                         MaxLength="255" 316.                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 317.                         Margin="10,12,20,2" /> 318.                <!-- Description --> 319.                <TextBlock x:Name="DescriptionLabel" 320.                           Grid.Row="1" 321.                           Grid.Column="0" 322.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 323.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Body" 324.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 325.                <TextBox x:Name="Body" 326.                         VerticalAlignment="top" 327.                         Grid.Row="1" 328.                         Grid.Column="1" 329.                         Height="Auto" 330.                         MaxHeight="82" 331.                         Width="340" 332.                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 333.                         MinHeight="22" 334.                         Padding="4 2" 335.                         TextWrapping="Wrap" 336.                         telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 337.                         Text="{Binding Body, Mode=TwoWay}" 338.                         AcceptsReturn="true" 339.                         Margin="10,10,20,2" 340.                         HorizontalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" 341.                         VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" /> 342.                <!-- Start/End date --> 343.                <TextBlock x:Name="StartDateLabel" 344.                           Grid.Row="2" 345.                           Grid.Column="0" 346.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 347.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="StartTime" 348.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 349.                <telerikScheduler:DateTimePicker x:Name="StartDateTime" 350.                                                 Height="22" 351.                                                 Grid.Row="2" 352.                                                 Grid.Column="1" 353.                                                 HorizontalAlignment="Left" 354.                                                 Margin="10,10,20,2" 355.                                                 Style="{StaticResource FormElementStyle}" 356.                                                 SelectedDateTime="{Binding Start, Mode=TwoWay}" 357.                                                 telerikScheduler:StartEndDatePicker.EndPicker="{Binding ElementName=EndDateTime}" 358.                                                 IsTabStop="False" 359.                                                 IsEnabled="False" /> 360.                <TextBlock x:Name="EndDateLabel" 361.                           Grid.Row="3" 362.                           Grid.Column="0" 363.                           Margin="0,13,0,2" 364.                           telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="EndTime" 365.                           Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 366.                <telerikScheduler:DateTimePicker x:Name="EndDateTime" 367.                                                 Height="22" 368.                                                 Grid.Row="3" 369.                                                 Grid.Column="1" 370.                                                 HorizontalAlignment="Left" 371.                                                 Margin="10,10,20,2" 372.                                                 Style="{StaticResource FormElementStyle}" 373.                                                 IsTabStop="False" 374.                                                 IsEnabled="False" 375.                                                 SelectedDateTime="{Binding End, Mode=TwoWay}" /> 376.                <!-- Is-all-day selector --> 377.                <CheckBox x:Name="AllDayEventCheckbox" 378.                          IsChecked="{Binding IsAllDayEvent, Mode=TwoWay}" 379.                          Grid.Row="4" 380.                          Grid.Column="1" 381.                          Margin="10,10,20,2" 382.                          HorizontalAlignment="Left" 383.                          telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 384.                          telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="AllDayEvent"> 385.                    <telerik:CommandManager.InputBindings> 386.                        <telerik:InputBindingCollection> 387.                            <telerik:MouseBinding Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.ChangeTimePickersVisibility" 388.                                                  Gesture="LeftClick" /> 389.                        </telerik:InputBindingCollection> 390.                    </telerik:CommandManager.InputBindings> 391.                </CheckBox> 392.                <Grid Grid.Row="5" 393.                      Grid.ColumnSpan="2"> 394.                    <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 395.                        <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 396.                                          MinWidth="100" /> 397.                        <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" 398.                                          MinWidth="200" /> 399.                    </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> 400.                    <Grid.RowDefinitions> 401.                        <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 402.                        <RowDefinition Height="Auto" /> 403.                    </Grid.RowDefinitions> 404.                    <TextBlock Text="Applicant" 405.                               Margin="0,13,0,2" 406.                               Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 407.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox IsEditable="False" 408.                                              Grid.Column="1" 409.                                              Height="24" 410.                                              VerticalAlignment="Center" 411.                                              ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource DataContextProxy}, Path=DataSource.ApplicantList}" 412.                                              SelectedValue="{Binding ApplicantID, Mode=TwoWay}" 413.                                              SelectedValuePath="ApplicantID" 414.                                              DisplayMemberPath="FirstName" /> 415.                       416.                    <TextBlock Text="Job" 417.                               Margin="0,13,0,2" 418.                               Grid.Row="1" 419.                               Style="{StaticResource FormElementTextBlockStyle}" /> 420.                    <telerikInput:RadComboBox IsEditable="False" 421.                                              Grid.Column="1" 422.                                              Grid.Row="1" 423.                                              Height="24" 424.                                              VerticalAlignment="Center" 425.                                              ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource DataContextProxy}, Path=DataSource.JobsList}" 426.                                              SelectedValue="{Binding PostingID, Mode=TwoWay}" 427.                                              SelectedValuePath="PostingID" 428.                                              DisplayMemberPath="JobTitle"/> 429.                </Grid> 430.                    <!-- Resources --> 431.                <Grid x:Name="ResourcesLayout" 432.                      Grid.Row="7" 433.                      Grid.Column="0" 434.                      Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 435.                      MaxHeight="130" 436.                      Margin="20,5,20,0"> 437.                    <Border Margin="0" 438.                            BorderThickness="1" 439.                            BorderBrush="{StaticResource GenericShallowBorderBrush}" 440.                            Visibility="{Binding ElementName=ResourcesScrollViewer, Path=ComputedVerticalScrollBarVisibility}"></Border> 441.                    <ScrollViewer x:Name="ResourcesScrollViewer" 442.                                  IsTabStop="false" 443.                                  Grid.Row="6" 444.                                  Grid.Column="0" 445.                                  Grid.ColumnSpan="2" 446.                                  Margin="1" 447.                                  telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 448.                                  VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto"> 449.                        <scheduler:ResourcesItemsControl x:Name="PART_Resources" 450.                                                         HorizontalAlignment="Left" 451.                                                         Padding="0,2,0,5" 452.                                                         IsTabStop="false" 453.                                                         ItemsSource="{TemplateBinding ResourceTypeModels}" 454.                                                         ItemTemplateSelector="{StaticResource ItemTemplateSelector}" /> 455.                    </ScrollViewer> 456.                </Grid> 457.                <StackPanel x:Name="FooterControls" 458.                            Margin="5 10 10 10" 459.                            Grid.Row="8" 460.                            Grid.Column="1" 461.                            HorizontalAlignment="Left" 462.                            Orientation="Horizontal"> 463.                    <telerik:RadButton x:Name="OKButton" 464.                                       Margin="5" 465.                                       Padding="10 0" 466.                                       MinWidth="80" 467.                                       Command="telerikScheduler:RadSchedulerCommands.SaveAppointment" 468.                                       telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 469.                                       telerikNavigation:RadWindow.ResponseButton="Accept" 470.                                       telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="SaveAndCloseCommandText"> 471.                    </telerik:RadButton> 472.                    <telerik:RadButton x:Name="CancelButton" 473.                                       Margin="5" 474.                                       Padding="10 0" 475.                                       MinWidth="80" 476.                                       telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Cancel" 477.                                       telerik:StyleManager.Theme="{StaticResource Theme}" 478.                                       telerikNavigation:RadWindow.ResponseButton="Cancel" 479.                                       Command="telerik:WindowCommands.Close"> 480.                    </telerik:RadButton> 481.                </StackPanel> 482.            </Grid> 483.            <vsm:VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> 484.                <vsm:VisualStateGroup x:Name="RecurrenceRuleState"> 485.                    <vsm:VisualState x:Name="RecurrenceRuleIsNull"> 486.                        <Storyboard> 487.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="StartDateTime" 488.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 489.                                                           Duration="0"> 490.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 491.                                                        Value="True" /> 492.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 493.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="EndDateTime" 494.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 495.                                                           Duration="0"> 496.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 497.                                                        Value="True" /> 498.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 499.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="AllDayEventCheckbox" 500.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 501.                                                           Duration="0"> 502.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 503.                                                        Value="True" /> 504.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 505.                        </Storyboard> 506.                    </vsm:VisualState> 507.                    <vsm:VisualState x:Name="RecurrenceRuleIsNotNull"> 508.                        <Storyboard> 509.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="StartDateTime" 510.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 511.                                                           Duration="0"> 512.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 513.                                                        Value="False" /> 514.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 515.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="EndDateTime" 516.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 517.                                                           Duration="0"> 518.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 519.                                                        Value="False" /> 520.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 521.                            <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="AllDayEventCheckbox" 522.                                                           Storyboard.TargetProperty="IsEnabled" 523.                                                           Duration="0"> 524.                                <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" 525.                                                        Value="False" /> 526.                            </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> 527.                        </Storyboard> 528.                    </vsm:VisualState> 529.                </vsm:VisualStateGroup> 530.            </vsm:VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> 531.        </StackPanel> 532.    </ControlTemplate> 533.    <DataTemplate x:Key="AppointmentDialogWindowHeaderDataTemplate"> 534.        <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" 535.                    MaxWidth="400"> 536.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Event" 537.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.IsAllDayEvent, Converter={StaticResource BooleanToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 538.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Appointment" 539.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.IsAllDayEvent, Converter={StaticResource InvertedBooleanToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 540.            <TextBlock Text=" - " /> 541.            <TextBlock x:Name="SubjectTextBlock" 542.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.Subject, Converter={StaticResource NullToVisibilityConverter}}" 543.                       Text="{Binding Appointment.Subject}" /> 544.            <TextBlock telerik:LocalizationManager.ResourceKey="Untitled" 545.                       Visibility="{Binding Appointment.Subject, Converter={StaticResource InvertedNullToVisibilityConverter}}" /> 546.        </StackPanel> 547.    </DataTemplate> 548.    <Style x:Key="EditAppointmentStyle" 549.           TargetType="telerikScheduler:AppointmentDialogWindow"> 550.        <Setter Property="IconTemplate" 551.                Value="{StaticResource IconDataEditTemplate}" /> 552.        <Setter Property="HeaderTemplate" 553.                Value="{StaticResource AppointmentDialogWindowHeaderDataTemplate}" /> 554.        <Setter Property="Background" 555.                Value="{StaticResource DialogWindowBackground}" /> 556.        <Setter Property="Template" 557.                Value="{StaticResource EditAppointmentTemplate}" /> 558.    </Style> 559.</UserControl.Resources> The first line there is the DataContextProxy I mentioned previously- we use that again to work a bit of magic in this template. Where we start getting into the dialog in question is line 132, but line 407 is where things start getting interesting.  The ItemsSource is pointing at a list that exists in my ViewModel (or code-behind, if it is used as a DataContext), the SelectedValue is the item I am actually binding from the applicant (note the TwoWay binding), and SelectedValuePath and DisplayMemberPath ensure the proper applicant is being displayed from the collection.  You will also see similar starting on line 420 where I do the same for the Jobs we'll be displaying. Just to wrap-up the Xaml, here's the RadScheduler declaraction that ties this all together and will be the main focus of our view: 01.<telerikScheduler:RadScheduler x:Name="xJobsScheduler" 02.                  Grid.Row="1" 03.                  Grid.Column="1" 04.                  Width="800" 05.                  MinWidth="600" 06.                  Height="500" 07.                  MinHeight="300" 08.                  AppointmentsSource="{Binding Interviews}" 09.                  EditAppointmentStyle="{StaticResource EditAppointmentStyle}" 10.                  command:AppointmentAddedEventClass.Command="{Binding AddAppointmentCommand}" 11.                  command:ApptCreatedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptCreatingCommand}" 12.                  command:ApptEditedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptEditedCommand}" 13.                  command:ApptDeletedEventClass.Command="{Binding ApptDeletedCommand}"> 14.</telerikScheduler:RadScheduler> Now, we get to the ViewModel and what it takes to get that rigged up.  And for those of you who remember the jobs post, those command:s in the Xaml are pointing to attached behavior commands that reproduce the respective events.  This becomes very handy when we're setting up the code-behind version. ;) ViewModel I've been liking this approach so far, so I'm going to put the entire ViewModel here and then go into the lines of interest.  Of course, feel free to ask me questions about anything that isn't clear (by line number, ideally) so I can help out if I have missed anything important: 001.public class SchedulerViewModel : ViewModelBase 002.{ 003.    private readonly IEventAggregator eventAggregator; 004.    private readonly IRegionManager regionManager; 005.   006.    public RecruitingContext context; 007.   008.    private ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> _interviews = new ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment>(); 009.    public ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> Interviews 010.    { 011.        get { return _interviews; } 012.        set 013.        { 014.            if (_interviews != value) 015.            { 016.                _interviews = value; 017.                NotifyChanged("Interviews"); 018.            } 019.        } 020.    } 021.   022.    private QueryableCollectionView _jobsList; 023.    public QueryableCollectionView JobsList 024.    { 025.        get { return this._jobsList; } 026.        set 027.        { 028.            if (this._jobsList != value) 029.            { 030.                this._jobsList = value; 031.                this.NotifyChanged("JobsList"); 032.            } 033.        } 034.    } 035.   036.    private QueryableCollectionView _applicantList; 037.    public QueryableCollectionView ApplicantList 038.    { 039.        get { return _applicantList; } 040.        set 041.        { 042.            if (_applicantList != value) 043.            { 044.                _applicantList = value; 045.                NotifyChanged("ApplicantList"); 046.            } 047.        } 048.    } 049.   050.    public DelegateCommand<object> AddAppointmentCommand { get; set; } 051.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptCreatingCommand { get; set; } 052.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptEditedCommand { get; set; } 053.    public DelegateCommand<object> ApptDeletedCommand { get; set; } 054.   055.    public SchedulerViewModel(IEventAggregator eventAgg, IRegionManager regionmanager) 056.    { 057.        // set Unity items 058.        this.eventAggregator = eventAgg; 059.        this.regionManager = regionmanager; 060.   061.        // load our context 062.        context = new RecruitingContext(); 063.        LoadOperation<Interview> loadOp = context.Load(context.GetInterviewsQuery()); 064.        loadOp.Completed += new EventHandler(loadOp_Completed); 065.   066.        this._jobsList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 067.        context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 068.   069.        this._applicantList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.Applicants); 070.        context.Load(context.GetApplicantsQuery()); 071.   072.        AddAppointmentCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.AddAppt); 073.        ApptCreatingCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptCreating); 074.        ApptEditedCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptEdited); 075.        ApptDeletedCommand = new DelegateCommand<object>(this.ApptDeleted); 076.   077.    } 078.   079.    void loadOp_Completed(object sender, EventArgs e) 080.    { 081.        LoadOperation loadop = sender as LoadOperation; 082.   083.        foreach (var ent in loadop.Entities) 084.        { 085.            _interviews.Add(EntityToAppointment(ent as Interview)); 086.        } 087.    } 088.   089.    #region Appointment Adding 090.   091.    public void AddAppt(object obj) 092.    { 093.        // now we have a new InterviewAppointment to add to our QCV :) 094.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = obj as InterviewAppointment; 095.   096.        this.context.Interviews.Add(AppointmentToEntity(newInterview)); 097.        this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 098.        { 099.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 100.            myAction.InterviewID = newInterview.InterviewID; 101.            myAction.PostingID = newInterview.PostingID; 102.            myAction.ApplicantID = newInterview.ApplicantID; 103.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been created by {1}", newInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 104.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 105.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 106.        } 107.            , null); 108.    } 109.   110.    public void ApptCreating(object obj) 111.    { 112.        // handled in the behavior, just a placeholder to ensure it runs :) 113.    } 114.   115.    #endregion 116.   117.    #region Appointment Editing 118.   119.    public void ApptEdited(object obj) 120.    { 121.        Interview editedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 122.                            where x.InterviewID == (obj as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 123.                            select x).SingleOrDefault(); 124.   125.        CopyAppointmentEdit(editedInterview, obj as InterviewAppointment); 126.   127.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => { 128.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 129.            myAction.InterviewID = editedInterview.InterviewID; 130.            myAction.PostingID = editedInterview.PostingID; 131.            myAction.ApplicantID = editedInterview.ApplicantID; 132.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been modified by {1}", editedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 133.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 134.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); } 135.            , null); 136.    } 137.   138.    #endregion 139.   140.    #region Appointment Deleting 141.   142.    public void ApptDeleted(object obj) 143.    { 144.        Interview deletedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 145.                                      where x.InterviewID == (obj as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 146.                                      select x).SingleOrDefault(); 147.   148.        context.Interviews.Remove(deletedInterview); 149.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 150.        { 151.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 152.            myAction.InterviewID = deletedInterview.InterviewID; 153.            myAction.PostingID = deletedInterview.PostingID; 154.            myAction.ApplicantID = deletedInterview.ApplicantID; 155.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been deleted by {1}", deletedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 156.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 157.            eventAggregator.GetEvent<AddActionEvent>().Publish(myAction); 158.        } 159.            , null); 160.    } 161.   162.    #endregion 163.   164.    #region Appointment Helpers :) 165.   166.    public Interview AppointmentToEntity(InterviewAppointment ia) 167.    { 168.        Interview newInterview = new Interview(); 169.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 170.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 171.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 172.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 173.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 174.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 175.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 176.   177.        return newInterview; 178.    } 179.   180.    public InterviewAppointment EntityToAppointment(Interview ia) 181.    { 182.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = new InterviewAppointment(); 183.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 184.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 185.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 186.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 187.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 188.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 189.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 190.   191.        return newInterview; 192.    } 193.   194.    public void CopyAppointmentEdit(Interview entityInterview, InterviewAppointment appointmentInterview) 195.    { 196.        entityInterview.Subject = appointmentInterview.Subject; 197.        entityInterview.Body = appointmentInterview.Body; 198.        entityInterview.Start = appointmentInterview.Start; 199.        entityInterview.End = appointmentInterview.End; 200.        entityInterview.ApplicantID = appointmentInterview.ApplicantID; 201.        entityInterview.PostingID = appointmentInterview.PostingID; 202.    } 203.   204.    #endregion 205.} One thing we're doing here which you won't see in any of the other ViewModels is creating a duplicate collection.  I know this is something which will be fixed down the line for using RadScheduler, simplifying this process, but with WCF RIA changing as it does I wanted to ensure functionality would remain consistent as I continued development on this application.  So, I do a little bit of duplication, but for the greater good.  This all takes place starting on line 79, so for every entity that comes back we add it to the collection that is bound to RadScheduler.  Otherwise, the DelegateCommands that you see correspond directly to the events they are named after.  In each case, rather than sending over the full event arguments, I just send in the appointment in question (coming through as the object obj in all cases) so I can add (line 91), edit (line 119), and delete appointments (line 142) like normal.  This just ensures they get updated back to my database.  Also, the one bit of code you won't see is for the Appointment Creating (line 110) event- that is because in the command I've created I simply make the replacement I need to: 1.void element_AppointmentCreating(object sender, AppointmentCreatingEventArgs e) 2.{ 3.    e.NewAppointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 4.    base.ExecuteCommand(); 5.} And the ViewModel is none the wiser, the appointments just work as far as it is concerned since as they are created they become InterviewAppointments.  End result?  I've customized my EditAppointmentDialog as follows: And adding, editing, and deleting appointments works like a charm.  I can even 'edit' by moving appointments around RadScheduler, so as they are dropped into a timeslot they perform their full edit routine and things get updated. And then, the Code-Behind Version Perhaps the thing I like the most about doing one then the other is I get to steal 90% or more of the code from the MVVM version.  For example, the only real changes to the Code-Behind Xaml file exist in the control declaration, in which I use events instead of attached-behavior-event-commands: 01.<telerikScheduler:RadScheduler x:Name="xJobsScheduler" 02.                  Grid.Row="1" 03.                  Grid.Column="1" 04.                  Width="800" 05.                  MinWidth="600" 06.                  Height="500" 07.                  MinHeight="300" 08.                  EditAppointmentStyle="{StaticResource EditAppointmentStyle}" 09.                  AppointmentAdded="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentAdded" 10.                  AppointmentCreating="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentCreating" 11.                  AppointmentEdited="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentEdited" 12.                  AppointmentDeleted="xJobsScheduler_AppointmentDeleted"> 13.</telerikScheduler:RadScheduler> Easy, right?  Otherwise, all the same styling in UserControl.Resources was re-used, right down to the DataContextProxy that lets us bind to a collection from our viewmodel (in this case, our code-behind) to use within the DataTemplate.  The code conversion gets even easier, as I could literally copy and paste almost everything from the ViewModel to my Code-Behind, just a matter of pasting the right section into the right event.  Here's the code-behind as proof: 001.public partial class SchedulingView : UserControl, INotifyPropertyChanged 002.{ 003.    public RecruitingContext context; 004.   005.    private QueryableCollectionView _jobsList; 006.    public QueryableCollectionView JobsList 007.    { 008.        get { return this._jobsList; } 009.        set 010.        { 011.            if (this._jobsList != value) 012.            { 013.                this._jobsList = value; 014.                this.NotifyChanged("JobsList"); 015.            } 016.        } 017.    } 018.   019.    private QueryableCollectionView _applicantList; 020.    public QueryableCollectionView ApplicantList 021.    { 022.        get { return _applicantList; } 023.        set 024.        { 025.            if (_applicantList != value) 026.            { 027.                _applicantList = value; 028.                NotifyChanged("ApplicantList"); 029.            } 030.        } 031.    } 032.   033.    private ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> _interviews = new ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment>(); 034.    public ObservableItemCollection<InterviewAppointment> Interviews 035.    { 036.        get { return _interviews; } 037.        set 038.        { 039.            if (_interviews != value) 040.            { 041.                _interviews = value; 042.                NotifyChanged("Interviews"); 043.            } 044.        } 045.    } 046.   047.    public SchedulingView() 048.    { 049.        InitializeComponent(); 050.   051.        this.DataContext = this; 052.   053.        this.Loaded += new RoutedEventHandler(SchedulingView_Loaded); 054.    } 055.   056.    void SchedulingView_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 057.    { 058.        this.xJobsScheduler.AppointmentsSource = Interviews; 059.   060.        context = new RecruitingContext(); 061.           062.        LoadOperation loadop = context.Load(context.GetInterviewsQuery()); 063.        loadop.Completed += new EventHandler(loadop_Completed); 064.   065.        this._applicantList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.Applicants); 066.        context.Load(context.GetApplicantsQuery()); 067.   068.        this._jobsList = new QueryableCollectionView(context.JobPostings); 069.        context.Load(context.GetJobPostingsQuery()); 070.    } 071.   072.    void loadop_Completed(object sender, EventArgs e) 073.    { 074.        LoadOperation loadop = sender as LoadOperation; 075.   076.        _interviews.Clear(); 077.   078.        foreach (var ent in loadop.Entities) 079.        { 080.            _interviews.Add(EntityToAppointment(ent as Interview)); 081.        } 082.    } 083.   084.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentAdded(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentAddedEventArgs e) 085.    { 086.        // now we have a new InterviewAppointment to add to our QCV :) 087.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment; 088.   089.        this.context.Interviews.Add(AppointmentToEntity(newInterview)); 090.        this.context.SubmitChanges((s) => 091.        { 092.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 093.            myAction.InterviewID = newInterview.InterviewID; 094.            myAction.PostingID = newInterview.PostingID; 095.            myAction.ApplicantID = newInterview.ApplicantID; 096.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been created by {1}", newInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 097.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 098.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 099.            context.SubmitChanges(); 100.        } 101.            , null); 102.    } 103.   104.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentCreating(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentCreatingEventArgs e) 105.    { 106.        e.NewAppointment = new InterviewAppointment(); 107.    } 108.   109.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentEdited(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentEditedEventArgs e) 110.    { 111.        Interview editedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 112.                                     where x.InterviewID == (e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 113.                                     select x).SingleOrDefault(); 114.   115.        CopyAppointmentEdit(editedInterview, e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment); 116.   117.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 118.        { 119.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 120.            myAction.InterviewID = editedInterview.InterviewID; 121.            myAction.PostingID = editedInterview.PostingID; 122.            myAction.ApplicantID = editedInterview.ApplicantID; 123.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been modified by {1}", editedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 124.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 125.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 126.            context.SubmitChanges(); 127.        } 128.            , null); 129.    } 130.   131.    private void xJobsScheduler_AppointmentDeleted(object sender, Telerik.Windows.Controls.AppointmentDeletedEventArgs e) 132.    { 133.        Interview deletedInterview = (from x in context.Interviews 134.                                      where x.InterviewID == (e.Appointment as InterviewAppointment).InterviewID 135.                                      select x).SingleOrDefault(); 136.   137.        context.Interviews.Remove(deletedInterview); 138.        context.SubmitChanges((s) => 139.        { 140.            ActionHistory myAction = new ActionHistory(); 141.            myAction.InterviewID = deletedInterview.InterviewID; 142.            myAction.PostingID = deletedInterview.PostingID; 143.            myAction.ApplicantID = deletedInterview.ApplicantID; 144.            myAction.Description = String.Format("Interview with {0} has been deleted by {1}", deletedInterview.ApplicantID.ToString(), "default user"); 145.            myAction.TimeStamp = DateTime.Now; 146.            context.ActionHistories.Add(myAction); 147.            context.SubmitChanges(); 148.        } 149.            , null); 150.    } 151.   152.    #region Appointment Helpers :) 153.   154.    public Interview AppointmentToEntity(InterviewAppointment ia) 155.    { 156.        Interview newInterview = new Interview(); 157.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 158.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 159.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 160.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 161.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 162.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 163.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 164.   165.        return newInterview; 166.    } 167.   168.    public InterviewAppointment EntityToAppointment(Interview ia) 169.    { 170.        InterviewAppointment newInterview = new InterviewAppointment(); 171.        newInterview.Subject = ia.Subject; 172.        newInterview.Body = ia.Body; 173.        newInterview.Start = ia.Start; 174.        newInterview.End = ia.End; 175.        newInterview.ApplicantID = ia.ApplicantID; 176.        newInterview.PostingID = ia.PostingID; 177.        newInterview.InterviewID = ia.InterviewID; 178.   179.        return newInterview; 180.    } 181.   182.    public void CopyAppointmentEdit(Interview entityInterview, InterviewAppointment appointmentInterview) 183.    { 184.        entityInterview.Subject = appointmentInterview.Subject; 185.        entityInterview.Body = appointmentInterview.Body; 186.        entityInterview.Start = appointmentInterview.Start; 187.        entityInterview.End = appointmentInterview.End; 188.        entityInterview.ApplicantID = appointmentInterview.ApplicantID; 189.        entityInterview.PostingID = appointmentInterview.PostingID; 190.    } 191.   192.    #endregion 193.   194.    #region INotifyPropertyChanged Members 195.   196.    public event PropertyChangedEventHandler PropertyChanged; 197.   198.    public void NotifyChanged(string propertyName) 199.    { 200.        if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(propertyName)) 201.            throw new ArgumentException("propertyName"); 202.   203.        PropertyChanged(this, new PropertyChangedEventArgs(propertyName)); 204.    } 205.   206.    #endregion 207.} Nice... right? :) One really important thing to note as well.  See on line 51 where I set the DataContext before the Loaded event?  This is super important, as if you don't have this set before the usercontrol is loaded, the DataContextProxy has no context to use and your EditAppointmentDialog Job/Applicant dropdowns will be blank and empty.  Trust me on this, took a little bit of debugging to figure out that by setting the DataContext post-loaded would only lead to disaster and frustration.  Otherwise, the only other real difference is that instead of sending an ActionHistory item through an event to get added to the database and saved, I do those right in the callback from submitting.  The Result Again, I only have to post one picture because these bad boys used nearly identical code for both the MVVM and the code-behind views, so our end result is... So what have we learned here today?  One, for the most part this MVVM thing is somewhat easy.  Yeah, you sometimes have to write a bunch of extra code, but with the help of a few useful snippits you can turn the process into a pretty streamlined little workflow.  Heck, this story gets even easier as you can see in this blog post by Michael Washington- specifically run a find on 'InvokeCommandAction' and you'll see the section regarding the command on TreeView in Blend 4.  Brilliant!  MVVM never looked so sweet! Otherwise, it is business as usual with RadScheduler for Silverlight whichever path you're choosing for your development.  Between now and the next post, I'll be cleaning up styles a bit (those RadComboBoxes are a little too close to my labels!) and adding some to the RowDetailsViews for Applicants and Jobs, so you can see all the info for an appointment in the dropdown tab view.  Otherwise, we're about ready to call a wrap on this oneDid you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • HttpClient POST fails to submit the form

    - by Jayomat
    Hi, I'm writing an app to check for the bus timetable's. Therefor I need to post some data to a html page, submit it, and parse the resulting page with htmlparser. Though it may be asked a lot, can some one help me identify if 1) this page does support post/get (I think it does) 2) which fields I need to use? 3) How to make the actual request? this is my code so far: String url = "http://busspur02.aseag.de/bs.exe?Cmd=RV&Karten=true&DatumT=30&DatumM=4&DatumJ=2010&ZeitH=&ZeitM=&Suchen=%28S%29uchen&GT0=&HT0=&GT1=&HT1="; String charset = "CP1252"; System.out.println("startFrom: "+start_from); System.out.println("goTo: "+destination); //String tag.v List<NameValuePair> params = new ArrayList<NameValuePair>(); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("HTO", start_from)); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("HT1", destination)); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("GTO", "Aachen")); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("GT1", "Aachen")); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("DatumT", day)); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("DatumM", month)); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("DatumJ", year)); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("ZeitH", hour)); params.add(new BasicNameValuePair("ZeitM", min)); UrlEncodedFormEntity query = new UrlEncodedFormEntity(params, charset); HttpPost post = new HttpPost(url); post.setEntity(query); InputStream response = new DefaultHttpClient().execute(post).getEntity().getContent(); // Now do your thing with the facebook response. String source = readText(response,"CP1252"); Log.d(TAG_AVV,response.toString()); System.out.println("STREAM "+source); One person also gave me a hint to use firebug to read what's going on at the page, but I don't really understand what to look for, or more precisely, how to use the provided information. I also find it confusing, for example, that when I enter the data by hand, the url says, for example, "....HTO=Kaiserplatz&...", but in Firebug, the same Kaiserplatz is connected to a different field, in this case: \<\td class="Start3" Kaiserplatz <\/td (I inserted \ to make it visible) The last line in my code prints the html page, but without having send a request.. it's printed as if there was no input at all... My app is almost done, I hope someone can help me out to finish it! thanks in advance EDIT: this is what the s.o.p returns: (At some point there actually is some input, but only the destination ???) 04-30 03:15:43.524: INFO/System.out(3303): STREAM <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> 04-30 03:15:43.524: INFO/System.out(3303): <html> 04-30 03:15:43.524: INFO/System.out(3303): <head> 04-30 03:15:43.545: INFO/System.out(3303): <title>Busspur online</title> 04-30 03:15:43.554: INFO/System.out(3303): <base href="http://busspur02.aseag.de"> 04-30 03:15:43.554: INFO/System.out(3303): <meta name="description" content="Busspur im Internet"> 04-30 03:15:43.554: INFO/System.out(3303): <meta name="author" content="Dr. Manfred Enning"> 04-30 03:15:43.554: INFO/System.out(3303): <meta name="AUTH_TYPE" content="Basic"> 04-30 03:15:43.574: INFO/System.out(3303): <meta HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=windows-1252"> 04-30 03:15:43.574: INFO/System.out(3303): <meta HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Language" CONTENT="de"> 04-30 03:15:43.574: INFO/System.out(3303): <link rel=stylesheet type="text/css" href="busspur.css"> 04-30 03:15:43.574: INFO/System.out(3303): </head> 04-30 03:15:43.574: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.574: INFO/System.out(3303): <body> 04-30 03:15:43.574: INFO/System.out(3303): <table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"> 04-30 03:15:43.574: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): <td align="left" width="25%"><small>Version: 6.8.1.9s2<br>Datenstand: 13.04.2010 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): <br>12.04.2010 - 12.06.2010 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): <br>1663 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): 3D3B9</small> 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): <td align="center" width="50%"> 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): <a href="/bs.exe/SL?Sprache=Nederlands&amp;SID=3D3B9"><img src="http://www.busspur.de/logos/nederlands.gif" alt="Nederlands" border="0" Width="32" Height="22"></a><a href="/bs.exe/SL?Sprache=English&amp;SID=3D3B9"><img src="http://www.busspur.de/logos/english.gif" alt="English" border="0" Width="32" Height="22"></a><a href="/bs.exe/SL?Sprache=Francais&amp;SID=3D3B9"><img src="http://www.busspur.de/logos/francais.gif" alt="Francais" border="0" Width="32" Height="22"></a> 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.584: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): <td align="right" width="25%"> 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): <a href="http://www.avv.de/"><img src="/logos/avvlogo.gif" border="0" alt="AVV"></a> 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): </table> 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Kopfbereich (automatisch erzeugt) --> 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): <div align="center"> 04-30 03:15:43.594: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.604: INFO/System.out(3303): <H2>Busspur-Online <i>Verbindungsabfrage</i></H2> 04-30 03:15:43.604: INFO/System.out(3303): </div> 04-30 03:15:43.604: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Ende Kopfbereich --> 04-30 03:15:43.604: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.604: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Ausgabebereich (automatisch erzeugt) --> 04-30 03:15:43.604: INFO/System.out(3303): <div align="center"> 04-30 03:15:43.614: INFO/System.out(3303): <p></p> 04-30 03:15:43.614: INFO/System.out(3303): <p></p> 04-30 03:15:43.614: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.614: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.624: INFO/System.out(3303): </div> 04-30 03:15:43.624: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Ende Ausgabebereich --> 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Fussnotenbereich (automatisch erzeugt) --> 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): <div align="left"> 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): </div> 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Ende Fussnotenbereich --> 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Nachschlageliste (automatisch erzeugt) --> 04-30 03:15:43.634: INFO/System.out(3303): <div align="center"> 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): </div> 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Ende Nachschlageliste --> 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Eingabeformular --> 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Eingabeformular --> 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): <form name="Maske" action="/bs.exe" method="get"> 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="hidden" name="SID" value="3D3B9"> 04-30 03:15:43.644: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="hidden" name="ScreenX" value=""> 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="hidden" name="ScreenY" value=""> 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="hidden" class="hiddenForm" name="CMD" value="CR" /> 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): <input TYPE="Submit" name="Suchen" value="S" tabindex="20" style="visibility:hidden"> 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): <table align="center" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2"> 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Haupt"> 04-30 03:15:43.654: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.674: INFO/System.out(3303): <table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2"> 04-30 03:15:43.674: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- 1.Zeile Startauswahl --> 04-30 03:15:43.674: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:43.674: INFO/System.out(3303): <td rowspan="2" class="Start1"> 04-30 03:15:43.674: INFO/System.out(3303): Start 04-30 03:15:43.685: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.685: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.685: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Start2" height="25"> 04-30 03:15:43.685: INFO/System.out(3303): Stadt/Gemeinde 04-30 03:15:43.685: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.685: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.685: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Start3"> 04-30 03:15:43.685: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="text" name="GT0" value="" tabindex="1" /> 04-30 03:15:43.704: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.704: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.704: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.704: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.704: INFO/System.out(3303): <td rowspan="2" class="Start4"> 04-30 03:15:43.714: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="submit" name="Map0" value="Karte" tabindex="100" /> 04-30 03:15:43.724: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.724: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.724: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.724: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.724: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:43.724: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.724: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Start2" height="25"> 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): <select name="T0" id="efaT0"> 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): <option value="A" >Adresse 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): <option value="H" selected="selected">Haltestelle 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): <option value="Z" >Bes. Ziel 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): </select> 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Start3"> 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="text" name="HT0" value="" tabindex="2" /> 04-30 03:15:43.734: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.745: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.754: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.774: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:43.784: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.784: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- 2.Zeile Ziel oder ViaAuswahl --> 04-30 03:15:43.784: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.805: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:43.834: INFO/System.out(3303): <td rowspan="2" class="Ziel1"> 04-30 03:15:43.834: INFO/System.out(3303): Ziel 04-30 03:15:43.834: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.844: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.844: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Ziel2" height="25"> 04-30 03:15:43.844: INFO/System.out(3303): Stadt/Gemeinde 04-30 03:15:43.844: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.854: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.854: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Ziel3"> 04-30 03:15:43.854: INFO/System.out(3303): Aachen 04-30 03:15:43.864: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.874: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.874: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): <td rowspan="2" class="Ziel4"> 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="submit" name="Map1" value="Karte" tabindex="101" /> 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:43.884: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Ziel2" height="25"> 04-30 03:15:43.894: INFO/System.out(3303): <small></small> 04-30 03:15:43.894: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.894: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Ziel3"> 04-30 03:15:43.894: INFO/System.out(3303): Karlsgraben 04-30 03:15:43.904: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.904: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:43.904: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.914: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.924: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.934: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.934: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.934: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.934: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- 3.Zeile Datum/Zeit/Intervall --> 04-30 03:15:43.934: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:43.944: INFO/System.out(3303): <td rowspan="3" class="Zeit1"> 04-30 03:15:43.944: INFO/System.out(3303): Zeit 04-30 03:15:43.944: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.944: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Datum2"> 04-30 03:15:43.944: INFO/System.out(3303): Datum 04-30 03:15:43.944: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:43.944: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.944: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Für Abfragen ohne Karte alternativ Zeile ohne colspan hinzufügen --> 04-30 03:15:43.954: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:43.964: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Datum3" height="25" colspan="2"> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <select name="DatumT" tabindex="10" id="efaDatumT"> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >1</option> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >2</option> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >3</option> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >4</option> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >5</option> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >6</option> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >7</option> 04-30 03:15:43.984: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >8</option> 04-30 03:15:43.994: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >9</option> 04-30 03:15:43.994: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >10</option> 04-30 03:15:43.994: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >11</option> 04-30 03:15:43.994: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >12</option> 04-30 03:15:44.005: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >13</option> 04-30 03:15:44.024: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >14</option> 04-30 03:15:44.034: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >15</option> 04-30 03:15:44.034: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >16</option> 04-30 03:15:44.034: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >17</option> 04-30 03:15:44.034: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >18</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >19</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >20</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >21</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >22</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >23</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >24</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >25</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >26</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >27</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >28</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >29</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option selected="selected">30</option> 04-30 03:15:44.044: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >31</option> 04-30 03:15:44.055: INFO/System.out(3303): </select> 04-30 03:15:44.055: INFO/System.out(3303): . 04-30 03:15:44.055: INFO/System.out(3303): <select name="DatumM" tabindex="11" id="efaDatumM"> 04-30 03:15:44.055: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >1</option> 04-30 03:15:44.055: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >2</option> 04-30 03:15:44.055: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >3</option> 04-30 03:15:44.064: INFO/System.out(3303): <option selected="selected">4</option> 04-30 03:15:44.064: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >5</option> 04-30 03:15:44.064: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >6</option> 04-30 03:15:44.064: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >7</option> 04-30 03:15:44.064: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >8</option> 04-30 03:15:44.064: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >9</option> 04-30 03:15:44.064: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >10</option> 04-30 03:15:44.064: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >11</option> 04-30 03:15:44.085: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >12</option> 04-30 03:15:44.085: INFO/System.out(3303): </select> 04-30 03:15:44.085: INFO/System.out(3303): . 04-30 03:15:44.085: INFO/System.out(3303): <select name="DatumJ" tabindex="12" id="efaDatumJ"> 04-30 03:15:44.095: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >2009</option> 04-30 03:15:44.095: INFO/System.out(3303): <option selected="selected">2010</option> 04-30 03:15:44.095: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >2011</option> 04-30 03:15:44.095: INFO/System.out(3303): </select> 04-30 03:15:44.095: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.095: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.095: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.105: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.115: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.115: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:44.115: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Uhrzeit2"> 04-30 03:15:44.115: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="radio" name="AbfAnk" value="Abf" checked />Abfahrten ab<br /> 04-30 03:15:44.115: INFO/System.out(3303): <input type="radio" name="AbfAnk" value="Ank" />Ankünfte bis 04-30 03:15:44.115: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.115: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.125: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Uhrzeit3" height="25"> 04-30 03:15:44.125: INFO/System.out(3303): <select name="ZeitH" tabindex="14" id="efaZeitH"> 04-30 03:15:44.125: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >0</option> 04-30 03:15:44.125: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >1</option> 04-30 03:15:44.125: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >2</option> 04-30 03:15:44.135: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >3</option> 04-30 03:15:44.135: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >4</option> 04-30 03:15:44.135: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >5</option> 04-30 03:15:44.135: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >6</option> 04-30 03:15:44.135: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >7</option> 04-30 03:15:44.135: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >8</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >9</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >10</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >11</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >12</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >13</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >14</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option selected="selected">15</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >16</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >17</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >18</option> 04-30 03:15:44.145: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >19</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >20</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >21</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >22</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >23</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): </select> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): : 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <select name="ZeitM" tabindex="15" id="efaZeitM"> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >00</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <option selected="selected">15</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >30</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): <option >45</option> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): </select> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.155: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.165: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Uhrzeit2">&nbsp;</td> 04-30 03:15:44.165: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.165: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.165: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.165: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:44.165: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Intervall2"> 04-30 03:15:44.165: INFO/System.out(3303): Intervall 04-30 03:15:44.165: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.184: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.184: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Intervall3" height="25"> 04-30 03:15:44.184: INFO/System.out(3303): <select name="Intervall" tabindex="13" id="efaIntervall"> 04-30 03:15:44.184: INFO/System.out(3303): <option value="60" >1 h</option> 04-30 03:15:44.184: INFO/System.out(3303): <option value="120" >2 h</option> 04-30 03:15:44.184: INFO/System.out(3303): <option value="240" >4 h</option> 04-30 03:15:44.184: INFO/System.out(3303): <option value="480" >8 h</option> 04-30 03:15:44.184: INFO/System.out(3303): <option value="1800" >ganzer Tag</option> 04-30 03:15:44.194: INFO/System.out(3303): </select> 04-30 03:15:44.194: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Intervall3">&nbsp; 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): </table> 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Schalter" valign="top"> 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): <table class="Schalter"> 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Buttons --> 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:44.204: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Schalter" align="center"> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <input TYPE="Submit" accesskey="s" class="SuchenBtn" name="Suchen" tabindex="20" VALUE="(S)uchen"> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Schalter" align="center"> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <input TYPE="Submit" accesskey="o" name="Optionen" tabindex="22" VALUE="(O)ptionen"> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Schalter" align="center"> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <input TYPE="Button" accesskey="z" tabindex="24" VALUE="(Z)urück" onClick="history.back()"> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Schalter" align="center"> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): <input TYPE="Button" accesskey="h" tabindex="25" VALUE="(H)ilfe" onClick="self.location.href='/bs.exe/FF?N=hilfe&amp;SID=3D3B9'"> 04-30 03:15:44.226: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Schalter" align="center"> 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): <input TYPE="Submit" accesskey="n" tabindex="26" name="Loeschen" VALUE="(N)eue Suche"> 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): <tr> 04-30 03:15:44.235: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.244: INFO/System.out(3303): <td class="Schalter" align="center"> 04-30 03:15:44.244: INFO/System.out(3303): <input TYPE="Button" accesskey="a" tabindex="27" VALUE="H(a)ltestelle" onClick="self.location.href='/bs.exe/RHFF?Karten=true?N=Result&amp;SID=3D3B9'"> 04-30 03:15:44.244: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.244: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.244: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.244: INFO/System.out(3303): </table> 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): </td> 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): </tr> 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): </table> 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): </form> 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): <!-- Meldungsbereich (automatisch erzeugt) --> 04-30 03:15:44.254: INFO/System.out(3303): <div align="center" id="meldungen"> 04-30 03:15:44.265: INFO/System.out(3303): <table class="Bedienhinweise"><tr><td rowspan="2"><img SRC="http://www.busspur.de/logos/hinweis.png" ALIGN="top" alt="Symbol" WIDTH="32" HEIGHT="20">&nbsp;</td><td rowspan="2">Start</td><td>Geben Sie den Namen der Stadt/Gemeinde ein</td></tr><tr><td>Geben Sie den Namen der Haltestelle ein</td></tr></table> 04-30 03:15:44.265: INFO/System.out(3303): </div> 04-30 03:15:44.265:

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 561 562 563 564 565 566  | Next Page >